WO2021211384A1 - Contact tracing using a wireless network - Google Patents

Contact tracing using a wireless network Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021211384A1
WO2021211384A1 PCT/US2021/026674 US2021026674W WO2021211384A1 WO 2021211384 A1 WO2021211384 A1 WO 2021211384A1 US 2021026674 W US2021026674 W US 2021026674W WO 2021211384 A1 WO2021211384 A1 WO 2021211384A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ues
network
codes
code
examples
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2021/026674
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Haris Zisimopoulos
Adrian Edward Escott
Hong Cheng
Richard Reid Hovey
Lenaig Genevieve CHAPONNIERE
Lorenzo Casaccia
Junyi Li
Kapil Gulati
Original Assignee
Qualcomm Incorporated
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Qualcomm Incorporated filed Critical Qualcomm Incorporated
Publication of WO2021211384A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021211384A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/023Services making use of location information using mutual or relative location information between multiple location based services [LBS] targets or of distance thresholds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H15/00ICT specially adapted for medical reports, e.g. generation or transmission thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H50/00ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics
    • G16H50/80ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics, e.g. flu
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/029Location-based management or tracking services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/20Services signaling; Auxiliary data signalling, i.e. transmitting data via a non-traffic channel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication

Definitions

  • the following relates generally to wireless communications and more specifically to supporting contact tracing.
  • Wireless communications systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication content such as voice, video, packet data, messaging, broadcast, and so on. These systems may be capable of supporting communication with multiple users by sharing the available system resources (e.g., time, frequency, and power).
  • Examples of such multiple- access systems include fourth generation (4G) systems such as Long-Term Evolution (LTE) systems, LTE- Advanced (LTE- A) systems, or LTE-APro systems, and fifth generation (5G) systems which may be referred to as New Radio (NR) systems.
  • 4G systems such as Long-Term Evolution (LTE) systems, LTE- Advanced (LTE- A) systems, or LTE-APro systems
  • 5G systems which may be referred to as New Radio (NR) systems.
  • a wireless multiple-access communications system may include one or more base stations or one or more network access nodes, each simultaneously supporting communication for multiple communication devices, which may be otherwise known as user equipment (UE).
  • UE user equipment
  • a wireless communications system may provide different services to UEs, including voice services, short messaging services, data services, and proximity services.
  • a method for wireless communications at a UE may include receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the method may also include receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated.
  • the method may also include reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on receiving the plurality of codes.
  • the apparatus may include a processor and memory coupled to the processor.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to receive an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the processor and memory may also be configured to cause the apparatus to receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated.
  • the processor and memory may also be configured to cause the apparatus to report, to a network, the plurality of codes based at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
  • the apparatus may include means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the apparatus may also include means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated.
  • the apparatus may also include means for reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on receiving the plurality of codes.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the code may also include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated.
  • the code may also include instructions executable by a processor to report, to a network, the plurality of codes based at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
  • the plurality of codes may be stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for storing the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer based on being in the mode, where reporting the plurality of codes includes reporting the plurality of codes based on the expiration of the timer.
  • receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • the indication may be included in a preamble of the message.
  • the reporting may include operations, features, means, or instructions for reporting a message that includes the plurality of codes, a plurality of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a filtering function, where the UE may be limited to storing codes that may be associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
  • receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE.
  • receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate that hides the full position of the first UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for calculating a distance between the UE and the first UE based on the portion of the global positioning coordinate and determining that the distance between the UE and the first UE may be within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for determining the distance between the UE and the first UE may be within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease based on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal including the first code, where receiving the plurality of codes includes receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE.
  • receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE, where the UE may be unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a message including an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that may have been associated with a user that may have been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a system information message including the indicator for activating the mode and configuring the mode based on the indicator.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the network, a request to register with the network, receiving a response to the request, the response including the indicator for activating the mode, and configuring the mode based on the indicator.
  • the mode for monitoring communication resources may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality and the method, apparatuses, and non- transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • the mode for monitoring communication resources may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality and the method, apparatuses, and non- transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, where the plurality of codes may be reported via a PC3 communication interface.
  • the monitoring comprises performing D2D discovery via a sidelink comprising the PC5 communication interface
  • a Proximity Services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE may be bypassed.
  • the mode for monitoring communication resources may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality and the method, apparatuses, and non- transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • a method for wireless communications at a UE may include receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE.
  • the method may also include broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
  • the apparatus may include a processor and memory coupled to the processor.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to receive an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE.
  • the processor and memory may also be configured broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
  • the apparatus may include means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE.
  • the apparatus may also include means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a network, the code based on receiving the indicator.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining a set of biometric data associated with a user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and the set of biometric data based on the set of biometric data indicating an infectious disease.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for a user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal including the code, where the code may be broadcasted in accordance with the power level.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, where the code may be broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
  • the code may be broadcasted based on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that may have a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
  • the code may be broadcasted based on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a network, a system information message including the indicator for activating the mode and configuring the mode based on the indicator.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network, receiving a response to the request, the response including the indicator for activating the mode, and configuring the mode based on the indicator.
  • the network may be a visited network for the UE when the UE may be roaming.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for establishing a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for constructing an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, transmitting, to the network, the address of the access point, and establishing a data connection with the network that uses the access point.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for constructing a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
  • the data connection may be a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity may be a Proximity Services network entity.
  • the mode for monitoring communication resources may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality and the method, apparatuses, and non- transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • the mode for broadcasting codes may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the code may be broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface.
  • the mode for broadcasting codes may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the code may be broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • a method for wireless communications at a network may include transmitting, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs.
  • the method may also include receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • the apparatus may include a processor and memory coupled to the processor.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to transmit, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs.
  • the processor and memory may also be configured to cause the apparatus to receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • the apparatus may include means for transmitting, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs.
  • the apparatus may include means for receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a network is described.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to transmit, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs.
  • the code may also include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for identifying prior locations of the UEs based on the functionality being enabled, where the indication may be transmitted to the one or more UEs based on prior locations of the one or more UEs.
  • the prior locations of the one or more UEs may be within a geographic region that may have a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
  • transmitting the indication may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality may be activated, where the request includes an indication of a prior location of the second UE, where transmitting the indication includes and transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • the network may be a visited network for the second UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for establishing a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where an address of the access point may be constructed at the second UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address may be constructed at the second UE.
  • the data connection may be a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity may be a Proximity Services network entity.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the second UE, a message that includes a web address, obtaining, by the network entity, an internet protocol address of the second UE based on the web address, matching, by the network entity, the internet protocol address with a mobile subscription identifier of the second UE, and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on a match between the internet protocol address and the mobile subscription identifier.
  • the response to the request to register with the network includes a passcode and the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the passcode.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the authentication credentials.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • transmitting the indication may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indicator to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based on a set of biometric data of a user of the second UE exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode.
  • transmitting the indication may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a system information message including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality may be activated, where transmitting the indication includes and transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a filtering function, where the first UE may be limited to cataloguing codes that may be associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
  • the functionality may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality and the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication that a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs may be associated with a user that may have been diagnosed with an infectious disease, identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE, comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based on the identifying, and determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a message including an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal including a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE, where the power level may be associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE may be detectable by a set of UEs in proximity to the second UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving a second indication of a plurality of power levels of a plurality of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of signals including the plurality of codes that may be associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs and determining a plurality of historical distances between the first UE and the at least one UE of the one or more UEs based on the plurality of power levels.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for activating the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters between the UEs served by the network based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • a method of wireless communications at a UE may include configuring a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the method may include receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs.
  • the method may include storing the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured, and reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
  • the apparatus may include a processor, and memory coupled to the processor.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the processor and memory may be further configured to receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs.
  • the processor and memory may be further configured to store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured, and report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
  • the apparatus may include means for configuring a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the apparatus may include means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs.
  • the apparatus may include means for storing the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured, and reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured, and report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
  • the reporting further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for reporting a message that includes the plurality of codes, a set of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
  • storing the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for sorting the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer
  • reporting the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for reporting the plurality of codes based on the expiration of the timer.
  • reporting the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for reporting the plurality of codes based on a quantity of the plurality of codes stored by the UE reaching a threshold.
  • the plurality of codes may be stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a filtering function, where the UE may be limited to storing codes that may be associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
  • receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • the indication may be included in a preamble of the message.
  • receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE.
  • receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate.
  • receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE, where the UE may be unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a message including an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that may have been associated with a user that may have been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a system information message including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode may be configured based on the indicator.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the network, a request to register with the network, and receiving a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode may be configured based on the indicator.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the proximity services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, where the plurality of codes may be reported via a PC3 communication interface.
  • the monitoring comprises performing D2D discovery via a sidelink comprising the PC5 communication interface
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • a method of wireless communications at a UE is described. The method may include configuring a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE. The method may include broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
  • the apparatus may include a processor and memory coupled to the processor.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
  • the apparatus may include means for configuring a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE.
  • the apparatus may include means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a network, the code based on configuring the mode.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for generating, by the UE, the code based on configuring the mode.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for generating, by the UE, a set of second codes that may be each associated with the identity of the UE, where the set of second codes may be randomly generated and may be each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE, and updating the broadcast to include, one at a time, a different code of the set of second codes.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining a set of biometric data for the user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and the set of biometric data.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for the user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal including the code, where the code may be broadcasted in accordance with the power level.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, where the code may be broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
  • the code may be broadcasted based on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that may have a confirmed case or a presumed case of the infectious disease.
  • the code may be broadcasted based on a set of biometric data of the user exceeding a threshold.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a network, a system information message including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode may be configured based on the indicator.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network, and receiving a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode may be configured based on the indicator.
  • the network may be a visited network for the UE when the UE may be roaming.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for constructing an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, transmitting, to the network, the address of the access point, and establishing a data connection with the network that uses the access point.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for constructing a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
  • the data connection may be a proximity services data connection and the network entity may be a proximity services network entity.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the proximity services functionality based on an outbreak of the infectious disease.
  • the mode for broadcasting codes may be associated with a proximity services functionality, and where the code may be broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface.
  • the mode for broadcasting codes may be associated with a proximity services functionality, and where the code may be broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • a method of wireless communications at a network may include activating a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network.
  • the method may include configuring, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs.
  • the method may include configuring, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs of the UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs.
  • the method may include receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • the apparatus may include a processor and memory coupled to the processor.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network, configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs of the UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • the apparatus may include means for activating a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network.
  • the apparatus may include means for configuring, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs.
  • the apparatus may include means for configuring, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs of the UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs.
  • the apparatus may include means for receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a network is described.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs of the UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs.
  • the code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for identifying prior locations of the UEs based on the functionality being enabled, where the one or more UEs may be configured in the second mode based on prior locations of the one or more UEs.
  • the prior locations of the one or more UEs may be within a geographic region that may have a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indication to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode.
  • configuring the one or more UEs in the second mode may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality may be activated, where the request includes an indication of a prior location of the second UE, where configuring the one or more UEs in the second mode includes, and transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • the network may be a visited network for the second UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for establishing a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where an address of the access point may be constructed at the second UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address may be constructed at the second UE.
  • the data connection may be a proximity services data connection and the network entity may be a proximity services network entity.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the second UE, a message that includes a web address, obtaining, by the network entity, an internet protocol address of the second UE based on the web address, matching, by the network entity, the internet protocol address with a mobile subscription identifier of the second UE, and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on a match between the internet protocol address and the mobile subscription identifier.
  • the response to the request to register with the network may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE, and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the passcode.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE, and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the authentication credentials.
  • configuring the UEs in the first mode may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a system information message including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality may be activated, where configuring the UEs in the first mode includes, and transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a filtering function, where the first UE may be limited to cataloguing codes that may be associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication that a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs may be associated with a user that may have been diagnosed with an infectious disease, identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE, comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based on the identifying, and determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a message including an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal including a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE, where the power level may be associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE may be detectable by neighboring UEs.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving a second indication of a set of power levels of a set of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the set of signals including the plurality of codes that may be associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, and determining a set of historical distances between the first UE and the at least one UE of the one or more UEs based on the set of power levels.
  • Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
  • the functionality may be activated based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a system for wireless communications that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates aspects of a wireless communications subsystem that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates aspects of a network architecture that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates aspects of a process of contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates aspects of a process for contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates aspects of a discovery message configuration that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates aspects of a bulk reporting configuration that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIGs. 8 and 9 show block diagrams of devices that support contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 shows a block diagram of a communications manager that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 shows a diagram of a system including a device that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIGs. 12 and 13 show block diagrams of devices that support contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 shows a block diagram of a communications manager that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 shows a diagram of a system including a device that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIGs. 16 through 21 show flowcharts illustrating methods that support contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • a communications system may provide a service that enables a device to broadcast signals to and receive signals from other devices located within a proximity of the device.
  • This service may be referred to as a “proximity service.”
  • the broadcast signals may include codes that are issued by a network entity.
  • a device that extracts a code from a signal broadcasted from another device may send the extracted code to a network entity — e.g., because the device may be unable to process the code without assistance.
  • the network entity may then return information to the device about the device that broadcasted the signal.
  • an ability to autonomously track locations of persons that reside in and pass through a geographic region may be instrumental in understanding and impeding the spread of infectious diseases e.g., by retracing past steps of a positively diagnosed person, others that may have been exposed to the diagnosed person during a contagious period may be identified and alerted to take curative action.
  • the processes of retracing a diagnosed persons steps may be referred to as “contact tracing.”
  • autonomously tracking the location of persons that reside in and pass through a geographic region may raise policy issues, legal concerns, and implementation challenges. That is, autonomously and continuously tracking movements of a population may reveal sensitive information about one or more individuals. Mandating the use of a service that autonomously tracks the location of people may be illegal under certain governing bodies. Privacy and legal concerns aside, achieving ubiquitous user adoption of a location tracking system may be difficult regardless of whether use of the tracking service is mandated or voluntary — because a majority of the population may need to own a device that supports a deployed tracking service and/or personally download the tracking service. Also, an autonomous and continuous tracking service may generate excessive amounts of data that may exceed processing capabilities.
  • an emergency function of a communications system may be established and used to track close contacts between devices in an emergency scenario. New and modified network architectures, communication protocols, signaling mechanisms, and signaling exchanges that support the emergency function may also be established.
  • a proximity-based service e g., a ProSe functionality
  • the broadcasted signals may include codes that protect the privacy of the broadcasting device — e.g., neither the monitoring device nor a network entity that supports proximity-based services may be able to determine an identity of the broadcasting device without outside assistance.
  • these codes may be linkable to a device after a user is identified — e.g., by investigating a memory of the device.
  • a user is identified after being diagnosed with an infectious disease. That is, a device that receives broadcasted codes may provide the received codes to the network entity.
  • one or more codes may be linked to the device of the identified user and compared with the codes stored by the network entity for other devices. The network entity may identify a set of the other devices that came into close contact with the identified user.
  • a proximity-based service provided by a communications system to implement a contact tracing application
  • user privacy may be protected — e.g., by preventing real-time location tracking of devices.
  • legal concerns may be addressed e.g., by minimizing the intrusion on privacy to a legally acceptable level.
  • widespread adoption of a tracking service may be attained — e.g., by introducing a contact tracing application into a communications system that a majority of a population already uses (e.g., a 3 GPP system) and supports easy activation of the contact tracing application for all users with minimal to no involvement of the users.
  • a proximity-based service of a communications system may be autonomously used for tracing the contacts of connected users while protecting user privacy.
  • aspects of the disclosure are initially described in the context of wireless communications systems. Specific examples are then described of exemplary sequences of operations and message configurations for contact tracing using a wireless network. Aspects of the disclosure are further illustrated by and described with reference to apparatus diagrams, system diagrams, and flowcharts that relate to contact tracing using a wireless network.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system 100 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may include one or more base stations 105, one or more UEs 115, and a core network 130.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may be an LTE network, an LTE-A network, an LTE-A Pro network, or an NR network.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may support enhanced broadband communications, ultra-reliable (e.g., mission critical) communications, low latency communications, communications with low-cost and low- complexity devices, or any combination thereof.
  • ultra-reliable e.g., mission critical
  • the base stations 105 may be dispersed throughout a geographic area to form the wireless communications system 100 and may be devices in different forms or having different capabilities.
  • the base stations 105 and the UEs 115 may wirelessly communicate via one or more communication links 125.
  • Each base station 105 may provide a coverage area 110 over which the UEs 115 and the base station 105 may establish one or more communication links 125.
  • the coverage area 110 may be an example of a geographic area over which a base station 105 and a UE 115 may support the communication of signals according to one or more radio access technologies.
  • the UEs 115 may be dispersed throughout a coverage area 110 of the wireless communications system 100, and each UE 115 may be stationary, or mobile, or both at different times.
  • the UEs 115 may be devices in different forms or having different capabilities. Some example UEs 115 are illustrated in FIG. 1.
  • the UEs 115 described herein may be able to communicate with various types of devices, such as other UEs 115, the base stations 105, or network equipment (e.g., core network nodes, relay devices, integrated access and backhaul (IAB) nodes, or other network equipment), as shown in FIG. 1.
  • network equipment e.g., core network nodes, relay devices, integrated access and backhaul (IAB) nodes, or other network equipment
  • the base stations 105 may communicate with the core network 130, or with one another, or both.
  • the base stations 105 may interface with the core network 130 through one or more backhaul links 120 (e.g., via an SI, N2, N3, or another interface).
  • the base stations 105 may communicate with one another over the backhaul links 120 (e.g., via an X2, Xn, or other interface) either directly (e.g., directly between base stations 105), or indirectly (e.g., via core network 130), or both.
  • the backhaul links 120 may be or include one or more wireless links.
  • a UE 115 may communicate with the core network 130 through a communication link 155.
  • One or more of the base stations 105 described herein may include or may be referred to by a person having ordinary skill in the art as a base transceiver station, a radio base station, an access point, a radio transceiver, a NodeB, an eNodeB (eNB), a next- generation NodeB or a giga-NodeB (either of which may be referred to as a gNB), a Home NodeB, a Home eNodeB, or other suitable terminology.
  • a UE 115 may include or may be referred to as a mobile device, a wireless device, a remote device, a handheld device, or a subscriber device, or some other suitable terminology, where the “device” may also be referred to as a unit, a station, a terminal, or a client, among other examples.
  • a UE 115 may also include or may be referred to as a personal electronic device such as a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a tablet computer, a laptop computer, or a personal computer.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • a UE 115 may include or be referred to as a wireless local loop (WLL) station, an Internet of Things (IoT) device, an Internet of Everything (IoE) device, or a machine type communications (MTC) device, among other examples, which may be implemented in various objects such as appliances, or vehicles, meters, among other examples.
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • IoE Internet of Everything
  • MTC machine type communications
  • the UEs 115 and the base stations 105 may wirelessly communicate with one another via one or more communication links 125 over one or more carriers.
  • the term “carrier” may refer to a set of radio frequency spectrum resources having a defined physical layer structure for supporting the communication links 125.
  • a carrier used for a communication link 125 may include a portion of a radio frequency spectrum band (e.g., a bandwidth part (BWP)) that is operated according to one or more physical layer channels for a given radio access technology (e.g., LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, NR).
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • Signal waveforms transmitted over a carrier may be made up of multiple subcarriers (e.g., using multi-carrier modulation (MCM) techniques such as orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) or discrete Fourier transform spread OFDM (DFT- S-OFDM)).
  • MCM multi-carrier modulation
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • DFT- S-OFDM discrete Fourier transform spread OFDM
  • a resource element may consist of one symbol period (e.g., a duration of one modulation symbol) and one subcarrier, where the symbol period and subcarrier spacing are inversely related.
  • the number of bits carried by each resource element may depend on the modulation scheme (e.g., the order of the modulation scheme, the coding rate of the modulation scheme, or both).
  • a wireless communications resource may refer to a combination of a radio frequency spectrum resource, a time resource, and a spatial resource (e.g., spatial layers or beams), and the use of multiple spatial layers may further increase the data rate or data integrity for communications with a UE 115.
  • the time intervals for the base stations 105 or the UEs 115 may be expressed in multiples of a basic time unit which may, for example, refer to a sampling period of T s — l/(Af ma x Nf) seconds, where D f max may represent the maximum supported subcarrier spacing, and Nf may represent the maximum supported discrete Fourier transform (DFT) size.
  • Time intervals of a communications resource may be organized according to radio frames each having a specified duration (e.g., 10 milliseconds (ms)). Each radio frame may be identified by a system frame number (SFN) (e.g., ranging from 0 to 1023).
  • SFN system frame number
  • Each frame may include multiple consecutively numbered subframes or slots, and each subframe or slot may have the same duration.
  • a frame may be divided (e.g., in the time domain) into subframes, and each subframe may be further divided into a number of slots.
  • each frame may include a variable number of slots, and the number of slots may depend on subcarrier spacing.
  • Each slot may include a number of symbol periods (e.g., depending on the length of the cyclic prefix prepended to each symbol period).
  • a slot may further be divided into multiple mini-slots containing one or more symbols. Excluding the cyclic prefix, each symbol period may contain one or more (e.g., Nf) sampling periods. The duration of a symbol period may depend on the subcarrier spacing or frequency band of operation.
  • a subframe, a slot, a mini-slot, or a symbol may be the smallest scheduling unit (e.g., in the time domain) of the wireless communications system 100 and may be referred to as a transmission time interval (TTI).
  • TTI duration e.g., the number of symbol periods in a TTI
  • the smallest scheduling unit of the wireless communications system 100 may be dynamically selected (e.g., in bursts of shortened TTIs (sTTIs)).
  • Physical channels may be multiplexed on a carrier according to various techniques.
  • a physical control channel and a physical data channel may be multiplexed on a downlink carrier, for example, using one or more of time division multiplexing (TDM) techniques, frequency division multiplexing (FDM) techniques, or hybrid TDM-FDM techniques.
  • a control region e.g., a control resource set (CORESET)
  • CORESET control resource set
  • One or more control regions (e.g., CORESETs) may be configured for a set of the UEs 115.
  • one or more of the UEs 115 may monitor or search control regions for control information according to one or more search space sets, and each search space set may include one or multiple control channel candidates in one or more aggregation levels arranged in a cascaded manner.
  • An aggregation level for a control channel candidate may refer to a number of control channel resources (e.g., control channel elements (CCEs)) associated with encoded information for a control information format having a given payload size.
  • Search space sets may include common search space sets configured for sending control information to multiple UEs 115 and UE-specific search space sets for sending control information to a specific UE 115.
  • a base station 105 may be movable and therefore provide communication coverage for a moving geographic coverage area 110.
  • different geographic coverage areas 110 associated with different technologies may overlap, but the different geographic coverage areas 110 may be supported by the same base station 105.
  • the overlapping geographic coverage areas 110 associated with different technologies may be supported by different base stations 105.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may include, for example, a heterogeneous network in which different types of the base stations 105 provide coverage for various geographic coverage areas 110 using the same or different radio access technologies.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may be configured to support ultra reliable communications or low-latency communications, or various combinations thereof.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may be configured to support ultra- reliable low-latency communications (URLLC) or mission critical communications.
  • the UEs 115 may be designed to support ultra-reliable, low-latency, or critical functions (e.g., mission critical functions).
  • Ultra-reliable communications may include private communication or group communication and may be supported by one or more mission critical services such as mission critical push-to-talk (MCPTT), mission critical video (MCVideo), or mission critical data (MCData).
  • MCPTT mission critical push-to-talk
  • MCVideo mission critical video
  • MCData mission critical data
  • Support for mission critical functions may include prioritization of services, and mission critical services may be used for public safety or commercial applications.
  • the terms ultra-reliable, low-latency, mission critical, and ultra-reliable low-latency may be used interchangeably herein.
  • a UE 115 may also be able to communicate directly with other UEs 115 over a device-to-device (D2D) communication link 135 (e.g., using a peer-to-peer (P2P) or D2D protocol).
  • D2D device-to-device
  • P2P peer-to-peer
  • One or more UEs 115 utilizing D2D communications may be within the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 105.
  • Other UEs 115 in such a group may be outside the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 105 or be otherwise unable to receive transmissions from a base station 105.
  • groups of the UEs 115 communicating via D2D communications may utilize a one-to-many (1 :M) system in which each UE 115 transmits to every other UE 115 in the group.
  • a base station 105 facilitates the scheduling of resources for D2D communications. In other cases, D2D communications are carried out between the UEs 115 without the involvement of a base station 105.
  • the core network 130 may provide user authentication, access authorization, tracking, Internet Protocol (IP) connectivity, and other access, routing, or mobility functions.
  • the core network 130 may be an evolved packet core (EPC) or 5G core (5GC), which may include at least one control plane entity that manages access and mobility (e.g., a mobility management entity (MME), an access and mobility management function (AMF)) and at least one user plane entity that routes packets or interconnects to external networks (e.g., a serving gateway (S-GW), a Packet Data Network (PDN) gateway (P-GW), or a user plane function (UPF)).
  • EPC evolved packet core
  • 5GC 5G core
  • MME mobility management entity
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • PDN Packet Data Network gateway
  • UPF user plane function
  • the control plane entity may manage non-access stratum (NAS) functions such as mobility, authentication, and bearer management for the UEs 115 served by the base stations 105 associated with the core network 130.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • User IP packets may be transferred through the user plane entity, which may provide IP address allocation as well as other functions.
  • the user plane entity may be connected to the network operators IP services 150.
  • the operators IP services 150 may include access to the Internet, Intranet(s), an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS), or a Packet- Switched Streaming Service.
  • Some of the network devices may include subcomponents such as an access network entity 140, which may be an example of an access node controller (ANC).
  • Each access network entity 140 may communicate with the UEs 115 through one or more other access network transmission entities 145, which may be referred to as radio heads, smart radio heads, or transmission/reception points (TRPs).
  • Each access network transmission entity 145 may include one or more antenna panels.
  • various functions of each access network entity 140 or base station 105 may be distributed across various network devices (e.g., radio heads and ANCs) or consolidated into a single network device (e.g., a base station 105).
  • the wireless communications system 100 may operate using one or more frequency bands — e.g., in the range of 300 megahertz (MHz) to 300 gigahertz (GHz).
  • the region from 300 MHz to 3 GHz may be known as the ultra-high frequency (UHF) region or decimeter band because the wavelengths range from approximately one decimeter to one meter in length.
  • UHF waves may be blocked or redirected by buildings and environmental features, but the waves may penetrate structures sufficiently for a macro cell to provide service to the UEs 115 located indoors.
  • the transmission of UHF waves may be associated with smaller antennas and shorter ranges (e.g., less than 100 kilometers) compared to transmission using the smaller frequencies and longer waves of the high frequency (HF) or very high frequency (VHF) portion of the spectrum below 300 MHz.
  • HF high frequency
  • VHF very high frequency
  • FR1 frequency range designations FR1 (410 MHz - 7.125 GHz) and FR2 (24.25 GHz - 52.6 GHz). It should be understood that although a portion of FR1 is greater than 6 GHz, FR1 is often referred to (interchangeably) as a “Sub-6 GHz” band in various documents and articles.
  • FR2 which is often referred to (interchangeably) as a “millimeter wave” band in documents and articles, despite being different from the extremely high frequency (EHF) band (30 GHz - 300 GHz) which is identified by the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) as a “millimeter wave” band.
  • EHF extremely high frequency
  • ITU International Telecommunications Union
  • FR3 7.125 GHz - 24.25 GHz
  • Frequency bands falling within FR3 may inherit FR1 characteristics and/or FR2 characteristics, and thus may effectively extend features of FR1 and/or FR2 into mid-band frequencies.
  • higher frequency bands are currently being explored to extend 5G R operation beyond 52.6 GHz.
  • three higher operating bands have been identified as frequency range designations FR4a or FR4-1 (52.6 GHz - 71 GHz), FR4 (52.6 GHz - 114.25 GHz), and FR5 (114.25 GHz - 300 GHz). Each of these higher frequency bands falls within the EHF band.
  • sub-6 GHz or the like if used herein may broadly represent frequencies that may be less than 6 GHz, may be within FR1, or may include mid-band frequencies.
  • millimeter wave or the like if used herein may broadly represent frequencies that may include mid-band frequencies, may be within FR2, FR4, FR4-a or FR4-1, and/or FR5, or may be within the EHF band.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may utilize both licensed and unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may employ License Assisted Access (LAA), LTE-Unlicensed (LTE-U) radio access technology, or NR technology in an unlicensed band such as the 5 GHz industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) band.
  • LAA License Assisted Access
  • LTE-U LTE-Unlicensed
  • NR NR technology
  • an unlicensed band such as the 5 GHz industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) band.
  • devices such as the base stations 105 and the UEs 115 may employ carrier sensing for collision detection and avoidance.
  • operations in unlicensed bands may be based on a carrier aggregation configuration in conjunction with component carriers operating in a licensed band (e.g., LAA).
  • Operations in unlicensed spectrum may include downlink transmissions, uplink transmissions, P2P transmissions, or D2D transmissions, among other examples.
  • a base station 105 or a UE 115 may be equipped with multiple antennas, which may be used to employ techniques such as transmit diversity, receive diversity, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communications, or beamforming.
  • the antennas of a base station 105 or a UE 115 may be located within one or more antenna arrays or antenna panels, which may support MIMO operations or transmit or receive beamforming.
  • one or more base station antennas or antenna arrays may be co-located at an antenna assembly, such as an antenna tower.
  • antennas or antenna arrays associated with a base station 105 may be located in diverse geographic locations.
  • Abase station 105 may have an antenna array with a number of rows and columns of antenna ports that the base station 105 may use to support beamforming of communications with a UE 115.
  • a UE 115 may have one or more antenna arrays that may support various MIMO or beamforming operations.
  • an antenna panel may support radio frequency beamforming for a signal transmitted via an antenna port.
  • Beamforming which may also be referred to as spatial filtering, directional transmission, or directional reception, is a signal processing technique that may be used at a transmitting device or a receiving device (e.g., a base station 105, a UE 115) to shape or steer an antenna beam (e.g., a transmit beam, a receive beam) along a spatial path between the transmitting device and the receiving device.
  • Beamforming may be achieved by combining the signals communicated via antenna elements of an antenna array such that some signals propagating at particular orientations with respect to an antenna array experience constructive interference while others experience destructive interference.
  • the adjustment of signals communicated via the antenna elements may include a transmitting device or a receiving device applying amplitude offsets, phase offsets, or both to signals carried via the antenna elements associated with the device.
  • the adjustments associated with each of the antenna elements may be defined by a beamforming weight set associated with a particular orientation (e.g., with respect to the antenna array of the transmitting device or receiving device, or with respect to some other orientation).
  • a wireless communications system 100 may include a home network, one or more visited networks, and one or more local networks.
  • a home network may be a wireless network that is operated by an operator that issued and/or stores subscription information for the UE 115.
  • a visited network may be a wireless network that is operated by another operator that did not issue and/or does not store subscription information for the UE 115. Both the home and visited networks may be used to serve (e.g., provide services to) a UE 115.
  • a local network may be a wireless network that is not being used to serve a UE 115, but a wireless network on which an operator of a home network has authorized the UE 115 to use communication resources to perform permitted functions — e.g., to monitor for messages broadcast from other UEs 115.
  • a wireless communications system 100 may be used to provide multiple services to UEs 115, including voice services, short message services, data services, push-to-talk services, direct communication services, emergency services, and the like.
  • a UE 115 may perform a process for registering with a wireless network of an operator to determine which services supported by the wireless network the UE 115 is authorized to access (if any).
  • the process for registering with a wireless network may be referred to as an attach procedure (e g., for a legacy radio access technology, such as 4G or LTE) or an initial registration procedure (e.g., for a nascent radio access technology, such as 5G or NR).
  • a set of operations used to execute the attach procedure are different than a set of operations used to execute an initial registration procedure — though at least some of the same or similar operations may be performed in both the attach and initial registration procedures.
  • an operator refuses a UE 115 access to a service unless the UE 115 has a subscription with the operator for that service (e.g., voice, short message, or data services).
  • an operator may give a UE 115 access to a service regardless of whether the UE 115 has any subscription with the operator (e.g., emergency services).
  • the established data connection establishes a communication path between a UE 115 and a requested data network and/or network entity that supports requested services.
  • a UE 115 may provide the wireless network with an address of an access point (which may be referred to as an access point name (APN)) that is used to access the network entit(ies).
  • APN access point name
  • the UE may also use a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of a requested network entity to send and receive communications with the requested network entity via the corresponding access point.
  • FQDN fully qualified domain name
  • a UE 115 may register with and establish a data connection with a visited network.
  • the visited network routes the data connection via the home network (e.g., using a data gateway operated by the home network). Such a configuration may be referred to as a home-routed access configuration.
  • the visited network routes the data connection itself (e.g., using a data gateway operated by the visited network).
  • Such a configuration may be referred to as a local breakout access configuration.
  • the visited network may be referred to as the serving network for the UE 115.
  • a wireless communications system 100 may provide a service that supports direct communications between UEs 115, which may be referred to as a D2D service.
  • a D2D service may include, or be supported by, a proximity service.
  • a proximity service may enable UEs 115 to broadcast information associated with the UEs 115 (e.g., capabilities of the UE 115, services provided by a user of the UE 115, etc.) to nearby UEs 115.
  • a proximity service is used to support D2D communications between UEs 115 by allowing UEs 115 to discover nearby UEs 115 that have a subscription for performing D2D communications, using a process that may be referred to as a discovery process.
  • a wireless communications system 100 may establish an infrastructure for supporting a proximity service that includes network components, communication interfaces, and communication protocols that support the proximity service.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may include a network entity that is used to authorize UEs 115 to use a proximity service —which may be referred to as a Proximity Services (or “ProSe”) Function.
  • the network entity may also be used to manage and process proximity service signaling exchanged between UEs 115.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may include a communication interface (e.g., which may be referred to as a PC3 interface) used to transport proximity service signaling between a UE 115 and the network entity.
  • a communication interface e.g., which may be referred to as a PC3 interface
  • Another communication interface may be used to transport signaling between UEs 115. Additionally, the wireless communications system may adopt a communication protocol that may include three operations: (1) an authorization procedure; (2) a discovery procedure; and (3) a matching procedure.
  • a data connection may be established between a UE 115 and a network entity that supports a proximity service (e.g., a ProSe Function). The network entity may be located in a home network for the UE 115.
  • the UE 115 may provide an address of an access point that is used to access the network entity.
  • the wireless network provides the UE 115 with an address of an access point that is used to access the network entity — e.g., at an end of a process for registering with the network entity after determining that the UE 115 has a subscription to use proximity services.
  • the UE 115 may use the generated or provided address of the access point to establish a data connection to the network entity.
  • the UE 115 may access proximity services by establishing a data connection to the network entity in the home network using a home-routed access configuration.
  • the network entity may perform security procedures. After the security procedures are successfully completed, the network entity may allow data to be communicated between the UE 115 and the network entity.
  • an authorization procedure between the UE 115 and network entity may be performed in response to a request from the UE 115 to access a proximity service via the network entity.
  • the network entity may determine one or more wireless networks (e.g., the home public land mobile network (PLMN) and one or more visited and/or local PLMNs) on which the UE 115 is permitted to execute a discovery procedure. In making this determination, the network entity may interface with similar network entities in visited and local networks and authorize the UE 115 to execute discovery procedures in permitted local and visited networks. In some cases, the signaling sent between the UE 115, the network entity, other network entities, or any combination thereof, to support the authorization procedure is communicated using a PC3 interface.
  • PLMN home public land mobile network
  • the network entity may interface with similar network entities in visited and local networks and authorize the UE 115 to execute discovery procedures in permitted local and visited networks.
  • the signaling sent between the UE 115, the network entity, other network entities, or any combination thereof, to support the authorization procedure is communicated using a PC3 interface.
  • a discovery procedure may be performed by the requesting UE 115 and other UEs 115 that have been authorized to use a proximity service.
  • the discovery procedure may include the broadcasting of discovery messages and/or monitoring of communication resources for discovery messages.
  • a UE 115 (which may be referred to as an “Announcing UE”) that requests access to a proximity service may include a request to announce its presence to other UEs 115.
  • the UE 115 may receive a code (or “ProSe code”) from the network entity — e.g., in an authorization accept message.
  • the code may be unique to the UE 115 and used by the network entity to identify the UE 115 in subsequent operations performed by the network entity — e.g., during a match procedure.
  • the code may include information about the UE 115 (e.g., metadata, which may include capability information, commercial-related information, emergency-related information, etc.). In some cases, other UEs 115 may be able to receive the code but unable to process the code (e.g., extract information from the code) without assistance from the network entity. After obtaining the code, the UE 115 may begin broadcasting messages (which may be referred to as “discovery messages”) that include the code. In some cases, a broadcasted message may be detectable by other UEs 115 that are located within a geographic region surrounding the UE 115 e.g., within 10 meters of the UE 115.
  • a UE 115 (which may be referred to as a “Monitoring UE”) that requests access to a proximity service may include a request to monitor authorized communication resources for the presence of other UEs 115.
  • the request may further include an indication of a type of discovery message the UE 115 is requesting to monitor for — e.g., the UE 115 may be monitoring for other UEs 115 that support D2D communications.
  • the UE 115 may receive a filter (which may be referred to as a “discovery filter”) that causes the UE 115 to only receive discovery messages that are associated with the indicated type of discovery message — that is, the discovery filter may cause the UE 115 to ignore other types of discovery messages received at the UE 115.
  • a filter which may be referred to as a “discovery filter”
  • the discovery filter may cause the UE 115 to ignore other types of discovery messages received at the UE 115.
  • an Announcing UE 115 announces and a Monitoring UE 115 monitors for discovery messages using aPC5 interface.
  • a UE 115 that receives a discovery message during a discovery procedure may trigger the execution of a matching procedure.
  • a matching procedure may include processing, using a network entity that supports a proximity service, one or more codes received at a Monitoring UE 115 to determine information about the corresponding Announcing UE 115.
  • a Monitoring UE 115 may transmit a code received in a discovery message from an Announcing UE 115 to the network entity.
  • the network entity may process the code to verify that the code is valid — e.g., previously issued by the network entity or another network entity in a different wireless network.
  • the network entity may send the code to other network entities located in a visited or local network to verify the code — e.g., if a network entity in a visited or local network issued the code. After verifying that the received code is valid, the network entity may send information associated with the Announcing UE 115 to the Monitoring UE 115. In some cases, the signaling sent between the UE 115, the network entity, other network entities, or any combination thereof, to support the matching procedure is communicated using the PC3 interface.
  • An effective measure for slowing the spread of infectious includes tracking a location of each person that lives in, enters, and/or exits a geographic region (e.g., a country).
  • contact tracing may be performed using rudimentary means that involve interviewing the infected person and broadcasting the locations using available media sources (e.g., radio, print, television, etc.).
  • contact tracing may be performed using more advanced means that involve using a software application that autonomously tracks the location of all persons that reside in, enter, or exit a geographic region and autonomously identifies all persons that came into contact with an infected person based on the collected historical location information. Autonomously tracking of the spread of an infectious disease may increase the effectiveness of contact tracing and enable epidemics to be combatted using accurate and targeted actions.
  • obtaining location information for each person in a region may be infeasible regardless of whether use of a tracking service is mandated or voluntary. That is, mandates that each person in a region subject themselves to location tracking may be difficult to implement and/or enforce because each person may be required to have a device that supports a mandated tracking service and/or to opt-in to the tracking service themselves — e.g., by downloading a mandated tracking application on a mobile device. Also, collecting tracking information for each person in a region may generate excessive amounts of information, much of which may go unused, and result in increased power consumption at a device level.
  • a tracking service that requires personal action on the part of users of electronic devices is likely to fail. That is, travelers are unlikely to opt-in to a tracking service used within a region — e.g., many travelers (especially short-term travelers) are unlikely to download a location tracking application offered by a foreign country.
  • a health agency located in one geographic region may not have access to tracking information collected by a health agency located in another geographic region (if any), and thus, infected travelers may pass through a geographic region undetected, resulting in community spread of an infectious disease that originates from unknown sources.
  • a wireless communications system may provide a service that enables a wireless device to broadcast signals to and receive signals from other wireless devices located within a proximity of the wireless device — which may be referred to as a proximity service.
  • the broadcast signals may include codes that are issued by a network entity.
  • a wireless device that extracts a code from a signal broadcasted from another wireless device may send the extracted code to a network entity — e.g., because the wireless device may be unable to process the code without assistance.
  • the network entity may then return information to the wireless device about the wireless device that broadcasted the signal.
  • an ability to autonomously track locations of persons that reside in and pass through a geographic region may be instrumental in understanding and impeding the spread of infectious diseases — e.g., by retracing past steps of a positively diagnosed person, others that may have been exposed to the diagnosed person during a contagious period may be identified and alerted to take curative action.
  • the processes of retracing a diagnosed persons steps may be referred to as “contact tracing.”
  • autonomously tracking the location of persons that reside in and pass through a geographic region may raise policy issues, legal concerns, and implementation challenges. That is, autonomously and continuously tracking movements of a population (e.g., in real time) may reveal sensitive information about one or more individuals. Mandating the use of a service that autonomously tracks location may be illegal under certain governing bodies. Privacy and legal concerns aside, achieving ubiquitous user adoption of a location tracking system may be difficult regardless of whether use of the tracking service is mandated or voluntary — because a majority of the population may need to own a device that supports a deployed tracking service and/or personally download the tracking service. And an autonomous and continuous tracking service may generate excessive amounts of data that may exceed processing capabilities.
  • an emergency function (or layer) of a proximity service provided by a wireless communications system may be established and used to track close contacts between wireless devices.
  • New and modified network architectures, communication protocols, signaling mechanisms, and signaling exchanges that support the emergency function of the proximity service may also be established.
  • an emergency declaration for a pandemic has been made, otherwise unauthorized access to a proximity service provided by a wireless communications system may be allowed so that connected wireless devices may broadcast signals to and/or monitor for signals broadcasted from nearby wireless devices.
  • the broadcasted signals may include codes that protect the privacy of the broadcasting wireless device — e.g., neither the monitoring wireless device nor a network entity that supports proximity services may be able to determine an identity of the broadcasting wireless device without outside assistance.
  • these codes may be linkable to a wireless device after a user is diagnosed with an infectious disease — e.g., by investigating a memory of the wireless device. That is, wireless device that receive broadcasted codes may provide the received codes to the network entity. After a user is diagnosed with an infectious disease, one or more codes may be linked to the wireless device of the diagnosed user and compared with the codes stored by the network entity for other wireless devices. The network entity may identify a set of the other wireless devices that came into close contact with the diagnosed user based on the comparison.
  • wireless devices that have been determined as being at risk of having contracted an infectious disease are configured to broadcast signals using an emergency function of a proximity service — e.g., wireless devices that have traveled from an affected geographic region or are handled by a user that displays signs of being infected.
  • a proximity service e.g., wireless devices that have traveled from an affected geographic region or are handled by a user that displays signs of being infected.
  • a base station 105 may include a communications manager 101
  • the communications manager 101 may be configured to signal an indication that enables UEs 115 to activate an announcing and/or monitoring mode associated with an emergency function of a proximity service, regardless of whether a UE 115 has a subscription to use a proximity service provided by a wireless network that includes the base station 105
  • the indication may be signaled in NAS and/or system information signaling.
  • the base station 105 may signal the indication based on determining that an emergency declaration has been made (e.g., a pandemic has been declared) and/or based on determining that a UE 115 has previously traveled to a geographic region that has been associated with confirmed or presumed cases of an infectious disease.
  • a UE 115 may include a communications manager 102.
  • the communications manager 102 may be configured to activate an announcing and/or monitoring mode associated with an emergency proximity service based on an indication received from the base station 105.
  • the communications manager 102 may be configured to generate and broadcast emergency ProSe (eProSe) codes based on receiving an indication that enables an announcing mode.
  • the communications manager 102 may also be configured to monitor for and collect emergency ProSe codes and report the collected emergency ProSe codes to a wireless network based on receiving an indication to enable a monitoring mode.
  • a core network 130 may include a communications manager 103.
  • the communications manager 103 may be configured to support and manage emergency proximity service communications.
  • the communications manager 103 may be configured to issue emergency ProSe codes, store reports of collected emergency ProSe codes, and identify close contacts between a UE 115 of a particular user (e.g., a positively diagnosed user) and other UEs 115.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates aspects of a wireless communications subsystem that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Wireless communications subsystem 200 may include base station 205 which may be an example of a base station of FIG. 1.
  • Wireless communications subsystem 200 may also include monitoring UE 215 and announcing UE 220 which may be examples of a UE of FIG. 1.
  • Base station 205 may be configured to communicate with UEs (such as monitoring UE 215 and announcing UE 220) access stratum messaging (e.g., RRC, MAC, physical (PHY) layer messaging, etc.) that supports the operation of a radio layer.
  • UEs such as monitoring UE 215 and announcing UE 220
  • access stratum messaging e.g., RRC, MAC, physical (PHY) layer messaging, etc.
  • Base station 205 may also be configured to relay, between UEs and network 225, NAS messaging (e.g., attach requests, initial registration requests, etc.) that supports the operation of network functions.
  • Monitoring UE 215 and announcing UE 220 may be configured to communicate with base station 205 over communication links (e.g., link 235).
  • autonomously tracking a location of persons that reside in or visit a geographic region during a pandemic scenario may allow an agency to closely monitor the spread of an infectious disease and to apply targeted measures to reduce the spread of the infectious disease. But autonomous location tracking may compromise user privacy, violate legal frameworks, struggle to obtain widespread adoption, and/or generate excessive amounts of data.
  • an emergency layer of a proximity service provided by a wireless communications system along with new or modified network architectures, communication protocols, and signaling may be established.
  • base station 205 may be configured to configure a mode for a UE (e.g., announcing UE 220) that triggers the UE to broadcast proximity service messages after determining that the UE has traveled to an affected geographic region — e.g., based on a tracking area update (TAU) message (for a legacy radio access technology) or a Registration Update message (for a nascent radio access technology) received from the UE.
  • TAU tracking area update
  • a Registration Update message for a nascent radio access technology
  • base station 205 may be configured to configure a mode for a UE (e.g., announcing UE 220) that triggers the UE to broadcast proximity service messages once the UE determines that an associated user is exhibiting symptoms of an infectious disease — e.g., based on biometric data or user input).
  • a mode for a UE e.g., announcing UE 220
  • triggers the UE to broadcast proximity service messages once the UE determines that an associated user is exhibiting symptoms of an infectious disease — e.g., based on biometric data or user input.
  • emergency ProSe Function 230 may be activated based on the emergency declaration.
  • Emergency ProSe Function 230 may be a standalone network entity that supports an emergency proximity service or a layer of (or functionality within) an existing ProSe Function that is only activated when an emergency declaration is made, such as an emergency declaration associated with a pandemic.
  • Emergency ProSe Function 230 may be included in network 225 — that is, emergency ProSe Function 230 may be operated or directly accessible by an operator of network 225.
  • Emergency ProSe Function 230 may be connected to UEs that are connected with network 225 via a PC3 interface.
  • emergency ProSe Function 230 may be connected to other ProSe Functions (e.g., other emergency ProSe Functions) via a PC3 interface. In other cases, emergency ProSe Function 230 may be a standalone entity and have no connection with any other ProSe Functions. Emergency ProSe Function 230 may include storage components (e.g., servers) and processing components. In some examples, emergency ProSe Function 230 may be accessible by one or more wireless networks in a geographic region.
  • Announcing UE 220 may be further configured to configure an announcing mode that enables announcing UE 220 to begin broadcasting proximity service signals (e.g., discovery message 245) to other UEs based on receiving the messaging from base station 205.
  • Announcing UE 220 may be configured to obtain a ProSe code from emergency ProSe Function 230 via base station 205.
  • announcing UE 220 may be configured to generate a ProSe code without assistance from emergency ProSe Function 230.
  • the ProSe code used by announcing UE 220 may be configured to protect a privacy of announcing UE 220. That is, other UEs may be unable to use the ProSe code to determine information about announcing UE 220.
  • emergency ProSe Function 230 may be unable to use the ProSe code to determine information about announcing UE 220.
  • announcing UE 220 may be further configured to periodically refresh the ProSe code.
  • Announcing UE 220 may refresh the ProSe code using a random code generator that is not available to emergency ProSe Function 230 or to other UEs connected to network 225.
  • Announcing UE 220 may broadcast discovery message 245.
  • Discovery message 245 may include a ProSe code and may be detectable by other UEs within announcing area 240. Discovery message 245 may also include location and biometric information.
  • a discovery message configuration is described in more detail herein and with respect to FIG. 6.
  • Monitoring UE 215 may be further configured to configure a monitoring mode that enables monitoring UE 215 to monitor communication resources for signals broadcasted by other, nearby UEs based on receiving the messaging from base station 205.
  • Monitoring UE 215 may be connected with other UEs (e.g., announcing UE 220) via a PC5 interface.
  • Monitoring UE 215 may be located in announcing area 240 of announcing UE 220 and may detect discovery message 245. After detecting discovery message 245, monitoring UE 215 may extract a ProSe code and store the ProSe code — e.g., in a buffer.
  • Monitoring UE 215 may similarly store ProSe codes received from other nearby UEs.
  • monitoring UE 215 may transmit the stored ProSe codes to base station 205 in bulk report 250.
  • monitoring UE 215 transmits bulk report 250 after a reporting timer expires or after a bulk reporting buffer reaches a threshold.
  • Bulk report 250 may include all of the ProSe codes collected by the monitoring UE 215, identification or contact information for monitoring UE 215, and the like. A bulk report configuration is described in more detail herein and with respect to FIG. 7.
  • Base station 205 may relay bulk report 250 to emergency ProSe Function 230.
  • emergency ProSe Function 230 may be configured to store the bulk report 250 for monitoring UE 215. Later, if a user of a UE (e.g., announcing UE 220) is diagnosed with an infectious disease, one or more codes announced by and stored in announcing UE 220 may be extracted and provided to emergency ProSe Function 230. Emergency ProSe Function 230 may compare the one or more codes with the codes collected by other UEs and stored at emergency ProSe Function 230. After identifying any matches, emergency ProSe Function 230 may notify the users of any UEs that came into close contact with announcing UE 220 during an infectious period (e.g., monitoring UE 215) to take curative action. Signaling mechanisms, signaling exchanges, and information processing protocols that support the operation of an emergency proximity service are described in more detail herein and with reference to FIGs. 4 and 5.
  • network 225 may be a visited network for one or more of UEs (e.g., monitoring UE 215 and/or announcing UE 220). To enable network 225 to collect proximity service information about all connected UEs, network 225 may be configured so that roaming UEs may interface with emergency ProSe Function 230.
  • An architecture that supports using, by a visited network, a proximity service to track roaming UEs is described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 3.
  • Visitor UE 305 may be associated with a person that is traveling into a geographic region. In some cases, an operator that issued a subscription to visitor UE 305 does not operate a wireless network in the geographic region.
  • Home network 360 may be an example of a wireless network operated by the operator. Instead, the operator may have partnerships with another operator of a wireless network in the geographic region.
  • Visited network 355 may be an example of a wireless network operated by a partner operator.
  • Visitor UE 305 may be configured to monitor for and/or broadcast discovery messages over first data interface 315 using an emergency proximity service.
  • First data interface 315 may be a PC5 interface.
  • second UE 310 may have a subscription that grants access to visited network 355 that is, visited network 355 may be a home network for second UE 310. Thus, second UE 310 may be referred to as a home UE. In other cases, second UE 310 may be a visitor UE. Second UE 310 may be configured to broadcast signals and/or monitor for signals broadcasted over first data interface 315 using an emergency proximity service.
  • Radio network 325 may be a terrestrial-based network of radio access terminals (e.g., base stations) that provide UEs access to visited network 355.
  • Radio network 325 may be an E-UTRAN.
  • Radio network 325 may be connected with UEs via one or more data interfaces (e.g., second data interface 318) and one or more control interfaces (e.g., control interface 320).
  • Second data interface 318 may be configured to communicate user data between a UE and radio network 325.
  • Control interface 320 may be configured to communicate proximity service information between a UE and radio network 325. Both second data interface 318 and control interface 320 may be configured to communicate with radio network 325 using communication (e.g., time and frequency) resources that are managed by visited network 355.
  • Control interface 320 may continue through radio network 325 and visited data manager 335 to reach emergency ProSe Function 340.
  • Control interface 320 may be a PC3 interface.
  • Visited network 355 may be configured to connect UEs to a data network (e.g., the Internet, a ProSe server, etc.). Visited network 355 may be further configured to interface with other networks (such as home network 360). Visited network 355 may include mobility manager 330, visited data manager 335, and emergency ProSe Function 340. [0237] Mobility manager 330 may be configured to track a movement of a UE throughout radio network 325. Mobility manager 330 may handover a UE from one radio terminal to another based on the tracked movement. In some cases, mobility manager 330 may include an MME (e.g., for a legacy radio access technology). In other cases, mobility manager 330 may include an AMF (e.g., for a nascent radio access technology).
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • AMF e.g., for a nascent radio access technology
  • Visited data manager 335 may be configured to connect a UE to a data network. Visited data manager 335 may be configured to connect a UE to a server that hosts information related to an emergency proximity service. In some cases, visited data manager 335 may include a S-GW and/or a P-GW (e.g., for a legacy radio access technology). In other cases, visited data manager 335 may include a session management function (SMF) (e.g., for a nascent radio access technology).
  • SMF session management function
  • Emergency ProSe Function 340 may be configured to manage an emergency proximity service offered by visited network 355.
  • Emergency ProSe Function 340 may include storage components to store bulk reports received from UEs and processing components to support an operation of the emergency proximity service.
  • emergency ProSe Function 340 is incorporated into an existing ProSe Function as an emergency layer.
  • visited network 355 may keep track of proximity service information for visitor UEs on its own rather than using a ProSe Function in home network 360.
  • This standalone architecture may enable proximity service information for home and visitor UEs to be directly compared without relying on access to ProSe servers that are located in different geographic regions.
  • HSS 345 may store subscription information for visitor UE 305.
  • Home data manager 350 be configured to connect a UE to a data network — e.g., to a home ProSe Function.
  • process flow 400 illustrates an exemplary sequence of operations performed to support an emergency proximity service.
  • process flow depicts network management signaling (e g., NAS signaling) that may be exchanged and processing that may be performed to support an emergency proximity service.
  • network management signaling e g., NAS signaling
  • One skilled in the art would understand that one or more of the operations described in process flow 400 may be performed earlier or later in the process, omitted, replaced, supplemented, or any combination thereof. Also, additional operations described herein that are not included in process flow 400 may be included.
  • visitor UE 417 may construct an address of an access point that supports an emergency proximity service (e g., based on a pandemic declaration has been made) so that visitor UE 417 may access an emergency proximity service provided by core network 422.
  • visitor UE 417 constructs an address of an access point based on a mobile country code (MCC) and/or mobile network code (MNC).
  • MCC mobile country code
  • MNC mobile network code
  • the address may be constructed as prose. mcc ⁇ mcc>.mnc ⁇ mnc>.3 gppnetwork org.
  • visitor UE 417 may transmit a request to register with base station 405, which may relay the registration request to core network 422.
  • the registration request includes the address of the access point constructed by visitor UE 417.
  • the registration request may be an Attach Request message for a legacy radio access technology or an Initial Registration Request message for a nascent radio access technology.
  • visitor UE 417 includes historical location information in the registration request or in another message (e.g., a TAU message for a legacy radio access technology or a Registration Update message for a nascent radio access technology).
  • base station 405 relays the registration request to an MME or AMF located in core network 422.
  • core network 422 may determine location information for visitor UE 417. After an emergency (pandemic) declaration has been made, core network 422 may determine whether any historical locations associated with visitor UE 417 are associated with a geographic region that is associated with the emergency — e.g., a geographic region that has been affected by an infectious disease. In some cases, core network 422 may interface with other wireless networks to determine past location information for visitor UE 417. Additionally, or alternatively, core network 422 may determine biometric information (e.g., body temperature, heart rate, etc.) associated with visitor UE 417.
  • biometric information e.g., body temperature, heart rate, etc.
  • core network 422 may send a response to the registration request to visitor UE 417.
  • core network 422 may include signaling in the response that triggers visitor UE 417 to configure a mode that enables visitor UE 417 to access an emergency proximity service provided by core network 422.
  • the response to the registration request includes an Attach Accept message (for a legacy radio access technology) or an Initial Registration Complete message (for a nascent radio access technology).
  • the signaling may further trigger visitor UE 417 to enable one or both of an announcing mode or a monitoring mode.
  • the signaling may configure visitor UE 417 to enable an announcing mode — e.g., based on determining visitor UE 417 has recently traveled to an affected geographic region or that biometric information associated with visitor UE 417 is indicative of an infection. Additionally, or alternatively, the signaling may configure visitor UE 417 to enable a monitoring mode based on determining visitor UE 417 has not recently traveled to an affected region and/or is not associated with signs of an infection. By only enabling UEs that have an association with an emergency to configure an announcing mode, signaling overhead, communication resources usage, data generation, and processing demands may be reduced. In some cases, instead of generating the address of the access point at 425, visitor UE 417 may generate the address after receiving the response to the registration request.
  • core network 422 may send other NAS messaging (e.g., a TAU message or a Registration Update message) to visitor UE 417 that includes signaling that triggers visitor UE 417 to configure a mode that enables visitor UE 417 to access an emergency proximity service provided by core network 422.
  • the indication may be included in the other NAS messaging instead of in the response to the registration request.
  • base station 405 may transmit a system information message (e.g., a SIB 19 message) that includes signaling that triggers visitor UE 417 to configure a mode that enables visitor UE 417 to access an emergency proximity service provided by core network 422.
  • the indication may be included in the system information instead of in the response to the registration request or the other NAS messaging.
  • the system information message may also include an address of an access point that supports an emergency proximity service.
  • visitor UE 417 instead of generating the address of the access point at 425, visitor UE 417 may generate the address after receiving the system information message.
  • visitor UE 417 may be configured to use a proximity service offered by core network 422 without having to obtain authorization from a ProSe Function.
  • UEs that do not have a subscription to use a proximity service may be granted an exception.
  • visitor UE 417 may establish a local breakout (LBO) data connection with core network 422.
  • LBO local breakout
  • visitor UE 417 establishes an LBO data connection based on the information included in the response to the registration request.
  • visitor UE 417 establishes a modified or a new LBO data connection based on the information included in the system information message.
  • establishing the local breakout data connection includes establishing a data connection to the access point that supports an emergency proximity service — e.g., by providing access to emergency ProSe Function 426.
  • Establishing the local breakout data connection may also include establishing a connection with a data management component at core network 422, such as an SMF or P-GW.
  • core network 422 may establish the LBO data connection at 431 based on determining that visitor UE 417 has an association with a declared emergency.
  • visitor UE 417 may construct an address (e.g., a FQDN) of an emergency ProSe function.
  • visitor UE 417 constructs an address (e.g., IP address) of an access point based on an MCC and/or MNC of core network 422.
  • the address may be constructed as prose-function.
  • the addressed emergency ProSe Function may be specific to core network 422.
  • the addressed emergency ProSe Function may be common to all networks in a geographic region — e.g., that is associated with the MCC.
  • visitor UE 417 may construct the address prior to establishing the LBO data connection.
  • the address of the emergency ProSe function may be provided in the response to the registration request or the system information message, and visitor UE 417 may refrain from constructing the address.
  • visitor UE 417 may send to emergency ProSe Function 426 via base station 405 a request to activate an announcing and/or a monitoring mode — e.g., using the address of the APN and emergency ProSe Function 426.
  • the request may be sent to emergency ProSe Function 426 using a PC3 interface.
  • visitor UE 417 may transmit an announcing request based on receiving signaling from base station 405 that enables an announcing mode at visitor UE 417.
  • visitor UE 417 may transmit a monitoring request based on receiving signaling from base station 405 that enables a monitoring mode at visitor UE 417.
  • visitor UE 417 may exchange security messages with emergency ProSe Function 426 so that emergency ProSe Function 426 may authenticate visitor UE 417.
  • Emergency ProSe Function 426 may transmit a “silent” text message to visitor UE 417 that includes a web address to authenticate visitor UE 417. A silent text message may not be displayed to a user of visitor UE 417.
  • Visitor UE 417 may access the web address, and emergency ProSe Function 426 may authenticate visitor UE 417 by matching an IP address obtained for the visitor UE 417 when visitor UE 417 accesses the web address with a mobile identifier for visitor UE 417 (e.g., an IMSI).
  • a mobile identifier for visitor UE 417 e.g., an IMSI
  • emergency ProSe function 426 may send a request to visitor UE 417 to enter authentication credentials that authenticate visitor UE 417.
  • a passcode may be provided to visitor UE 417 in the response to the registration message (or in some other NAS or system information signaling).
  • visitor UE 417 may include the passcode in a request to gain access to the emergency ProSe function 426.
  • the security messaging be exchanged between visitor UE 417 and emergency ProSe Function 426 using a PC3 interface.
  • emergency ProSe Function 426 may authorize visitor UE 417 for access.
  • Emergency ProSe Function 426 may also generate a ProSe code for visitor UE 417 — e.g., if visitor UE 417 requests to configure an announcing mode.
  • emergency ProSe Function 426 may send a ProSe code to visitor UE 417.
  • the ProSe code may be unknown to other UEs using core network 422. Also, other UEs may be unable to use the ProSe code to determine information about visitor UE 417 without assistance from the emergency ProSe Function 426.
  • visitor UE 417 may forego all or some of the operation described at 437 through 451. In such cases, visitor UE 417 may generate its own ProSe code as described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 5. Additionally, or alternatively visitor UE 417 may be configured to periodically refresh ProSe codes as described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 5.
  • UEs may establish a data connection to emergency ProSe Function 426 solely for the purpose of communicating a bulk report.
  • emergency ProSe Function 426 By avoiding contact with the emergency ProSe Function 426, a wireless network may be prevented from learning an identity of an announcing UE.
  • emergency ProSe Function 426 may also send a discovery filter to visitor UE 417.
  • the discovery filter may limit the types of proximity service signals visitor UE 417 is permitted to receive.
  • visitor UE 417 may be provided with the discovery filter in NAS or system information signaling.
  • a discovery filter for emergency proximity services may be stored at visitor UE 417 before visitor UE 417 is deployed.
  • visitor UE 417 may begin an announcing and/or monitoring procedure as described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 5. If an announcing mode is configured, visitor UE 417 may begin broadcasting discovery messages that include ProSe codes to nearby UEs. Additionally, or alternatively, visitor UE 417 may begin monitoring for discovery messages transmitted by nearby UEs.
  • visitor UE 417 may send a bulk report to emergency ProSe Function 426 — e.g., if visitor UE 417 has activated a monitoring mode.
  • the bulk report may include a list of ProSe codes received by visitor UE 417 in discovery messages broadcasted by other UEs, as described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 7.
  • emergency ProSe Function 426 may send an acknowledgment message to visitor UE 417 after receiving the bulk report.
  • monitoring UE 415 may transmit a bulk report to emergency ProSe Function 426.
  • the bulk report sent by monitoring UE 415 may include a ProSe code broadcasted by visitor UE 417, and vice versa.
  • Monitoring UE 415 may be similarly configured as visitor UE 417 to enable an announcing and/or monitoring mode.
  • Monitoring UE 415 may also establish a data connection with emergency ProSe Function 426.
  • core network is a visited network to monitoring UE 415, and monitoring UE 415 similarly establishes an LBO data connection that provides access to emergency ProSe Function 426, as described with reference to visitor UE 417.
  • Other UEs using core network 422 may also send bulk reports to emergency ProSe Function 426.
  • emergency ProSe Function 426 may store the bulk reports — e.g., for a designated period of time that is associated with a contagious period of an infectious disease. In some cases, emergency ProSe Function 426 may send an acknowledgment message to monitoring UE 415 after receiving the bulk report.
  • emergency ProSe Function 426 may receive a set of ProSe codes previously broadcasted by a UE that is associated with a positively diagnosed user (e.g., visitor UE 417).
  • the UE is configured to send the previous set of codes (e.g., which may include a code or a plurality of codes) to emergency ProSe Function 426 with user authorization.
  • the previous set of codes are manually input into the emergency ProSe Function 426.
  • emergency ProSe Function 426 may receive a location where cases of a disease have been detected.
  • emergency ProSe Function 426 may compare the set of ProSe codes with the ProSe codes stored in emergency ProSe Function 426 by other UEs to identify other UEs that came into close contact with the UE of the diagnosed user. For example, if a user of visitor UE 417 is positively diagnosed and monitoring UE 415 includes a ProSe code broadcasted by visitor UE 417 in a bulk report, then emergency ProSe function 426 may determine that monitoring UE 415 came into close contact with visitor UE 417. Additionally, or alternatively, emergency ProSe Function 426 may use location information associated with ProSe codes received from the UEs to determine if any of the UEs traveled to a location where cases of a disease have been detected.
  • emergency ProSe function 426 may send notification messages to UEs that were identified as coming into close contact with a positively diagnosed user (e.g., monitoring UE 415). In some cases, emergency ProSe function 426 may send the notification message using a short messaging service or a voice service. In other cases, emergency ProSe function 426 may send the notification via an email messaging service — e.g., if provided with alternative contact information.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates aspects of a process for contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Process flow 500 may be performed by base station 505, which may be an example of base station 405 of FIG. 4.
  • Process flow 500 may also include monitoring UE 515, which may be an example of monitoring UE 415 or visitor UE 417 of FIG. 4.
  • Process flow 500 may also include announcing UE 520, which may be an example of monitoring UE 415 or visitor UE 417 of FIG. 4.
  • process flow 500 illustrates an exemplary sequence of operations performed during an emergency proximity service.
  • process flow 500 depicts radio layer signaling that is exchanged and processing that may be performed while to support an emergency proximity service.
  • one skilled in the art would understand that one or more of the operations described in process flow 500 may be performed earlier or later in the process, omitted, replaced, supplemented, or any combination thereof.
  • additional operations described herein that are not included in process flow 500 may be included.
  • base station 505, monitoring UE 515, and announcing UE 520 may exchange NAS and/or system information signaling to activate an emergency proximity service and/or to establish a data connection to an emergency ProSe Function, as described with reference to 427 to 451.
  • monitoring UE 515 may activate a monitoring mode based on receiving an indication in the network signaling that enables the monitoring mode as well as a discovery filter. Thus, monitoring UE 515 may begin monitoring communication resources for broadcasts, from other UEs, of discovery messages that are associated with an emergency proximity service.
  • announcing UE 520 may obtain biometric data associated with a user of announcing UE 520. Announcing UE 520 may obtain a temperature, heart rate, blood pressure, and the like from a user. Announcing UE 520 may also obtain information from the user related to any symptoms being experienced by the user.
  • announcing UE 520 may activate an announcing mode based on receiving an indication in the network signaling that enables the monitoring mode and/or biometric data of the user exceeding a threshold.
  • announcing UE 520 may identify an emergency ProSe code for broadcasting to other UEs. Announcing UE 520 may identify the emergency ProSe code based on receiving the emergency ProSe code in signaling from an emergency ProSe Function. Or announcing UE 520 may generate the emergency ProSe code itself. By generating an emergency ProSe code, announcing UE 520 may avoid contact with an emergency ProSe Function, increasing a level of anonymity for announcing UE 520. Other UEs (e.g., monitoring UE 515) may be unable to use the emergency ProSe code to determine an identity of announcing UE 520.
  • announcing UE 520 may broadcast a discovery message that includes the emergency ProSe code.
  • the discovery message may also include other data, such as location information, biometric information, and the like.
  • the discovery message includes a portion of a global positioning system (GPS) coordinate of announcing UE 520.
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the discovery message may also include a header that distinguishes the discovery message as being associated with an emergency proximity service.
  • the discovery message is described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 6.
  • the discovery message may be detectable in a broadcast area that surrounds announcing UE 520.
  • the discovery message may be received by monitoring UE 515 — e.g., if monitoring UE is located within the broadcast area of announcing UE 520.
  • Announcing UE 520 may determine a transmission power for broadcasting the discovery message. In some cases, announcing UE 520 may select a transmission power that causes the broadcast to reach a certain distance from the UE (e g., ⁇ 20 meters). In other cases, announcing UE 520 may transmit using a transmission power that is set by the network. The transmission power set by the network may be received in control signaling or previously programmed into announcing UE 520 for broadcasting discovery messages for an emergency proximity service. When announcing UE 520 uses a set transmission power, monitoring UE 515 may store a reception power (e.g., a signal -to-noise ratio (SNR) value) associated with receiving the discovery message. Either the monitoring UE 515 or an emergency Prose Function may use the reception power to calculate a distance of monitoring UE 515 from announcing UE 520 at a time of the broadcast.
  • SNR signal -to-noise ratio
  • monitoring UE 515 may store the emergency ProSe code and the corresponding data received from announcing UE 520. Monitoring UE 515 may store the emergency ProSe code in an entry of a list of emergency ProSe codes stored by monitoring UE 515. In some cases, monitoring UE 515 stores the emergency ProSe code instead of transmitting the emergency ProSe code to the network entity to request information about announcing UE 520 — that is, monitoring UE 515 may bypass a matching procedure associated with a non-emergency proximity service communication protocol.
  • monitoring UE 515 may determine (e.g., calculate) a distance between monitoring UE 515 and announcing UE 520 — e.g., based on a received signal power, partial GPS coordinates, and the like. In some examples, monitoring UE 515 may refrain from storing the received emergency ProSe code — e.g., based on determining that the distance between announcing UE 520 and monitoring UE 515 exceeds a margin of infectiousness (e g., less than 1.5 meters) of an infectious disease associated with the emergency ProSe code.
  • a margin of infectiousness e.g., less than 1.5 meters
  • monitoring UE 515 only stores the emergency ProSe code if the emergency ProSe code is received a threshold quantity of times within a duration (e.g., a 15-minute duration). In some examples, monitoring UE 515 only stores the emergency ProSe code if multiple versions of the emergency ProSe code are received and separated in time by less than a duration (e.g., a 15-minute duration).
  • announcing UE 520 may broadcast another discovery message that includes a same ProSe code as the prior discovery message.
  • the second discovery message may also include updated additional information (e.g., location and biometric information) for a user.
  • Monitoring UE 515 may receive the second discovery message.
  • monitoring UE 515 may ignore the emergency ProSe code based on determining that the emergency ProSe code matches an already stored emergency ProSe code. That is, monitoring UE 515 may refrain from storing the emergency ProSe code received in the second discovery message. In some cases, monitoring UE 515 may update the additional information associated with the stored emergency ProSe code based on the updated information received in the second discovery message.
  • announcing UE 520 may update an emergency ProSe code broadcasted by announcing UE 520.
  • Announcing UE 520 may update an emergency ProSe code periodically (e.g., every 20 ms).
  • Announcing UE 520 may also generate the updated emergency ProSe code using a random generator that is not shared by the network or other UEs.
  • By updating the emergency ProSe code announcing UE 520 may further protect an identity of the user and increase a difficulty associated with continuously tracking a location of announcing UE 520.
  • Announcing UE 520 may temporarily store a set of broadcasted emergency ProSe codes.
  • Announcing UE 520 may store broadcasted emergency ProSe codes for a duration associated with a contagious period of an infectious disease and may erase emergency ProSe codes that have been stored for the duration.
  • announcing UE 520 may broadcast another discovery message.
  • This discovery message may include the updated emergency ProSe code and may also include additional information.
  • Monitoring UE 515 may receive the other discovery message.
  • Monitoring UE 515 may store the updated emergency ProSe code and additional information in the list of emergency ProSe codes.
  • monitoring UE 515 may store additional emergency ProSe codes and associated data received from other UEs in the list of emergency ProSe codes. In some cases, monitoring UE 515 stores the received emergency ProSe codes in a buffer.
  • monitoring UE 515 may transmit a bulk report that includes the list of emergency ProSe codes and associated information to base station 505 — base station 505 may relay the bulk report to the emergency ProSe Function. In some cases, monitoring UE 515 transmits the bulk report based on a reporting timer expiring at monitoring UE 515 expiring. In other cases, monitoring UE 515 transmits the bulk report after a quantity of emergency ProSe codes stored in a buffer reaches a threshold level. Monitoring UE 515 may erase stored emergency ProSe codes reported in a bulk report after transmitting the bulk report.
  • the emergency ProSe Function may store the bulk report for monitoring UE 115 and for other UEs using a network that uses the emergency ProSe Function. After a user of a UE (e.g., announcing UE 520) is diagnosed with an infectious disease, the emergency ProSe Function may obtain a set of emergency ProSe codes previously broadcasted by announcing UE 520 and identify UEs that came into close contact with announcing UE 520, as described with reference to 461 and 464 of FIG. 4.
  • base station 505 may transmit notification messages to UEs that came into close contact with a UE of a positively diagnosed user. For example, if a user of announcing UE 520 is positively diagnosed, base station 505 may transmit a notification message (e.g., a text message) to monitoring UE 515 to alert a user of monitoring UE 515 that close contact occurred with a positively diagnosed person during a contagious period. In some examples, base station 505 may transmit the notification message in a data packet — e.g., if the emergency ProSe Function uses an email service to deliver the alert.
  • a notification message e.g., a text message
  • Preamble field 605 (which may also be referred to as a header field) may be configured to convey a preamble that distinguishes a broadcasted discovery message from other broadcasted discovery messages.
  • preamble field 605 may include a binary value that indicates a discovery message is associated with an emergency proximity service.
  • preamble field 605 may include a signal pattern that is associated with the emergency proximity service.
  • Code field 610 may be configured to convey an emergency ProSe code used by a UE.
  • code field 610 may include an emergency ProSe code received from an emergency ProSe function or an emergency ProSe code generated by a UE.
  • the emergency ProSe code may be unique to the UE.
  • the emergency ProSe code may be configured so to not reveal an identity of the UE to other UEs.
  • the emergency ProSe code may be further configured so to not reveal an identity of the UE to a network.
  • the emergency ProSe code may later be used to identify close contacts between UEs and a UE of a user after a positive diagnosis is made — e.g., by extracting ProSe codes broadcast by the UE from the UE of the positively diagnosed user.
  • Network information field 615 may be configured to convey information about the serving network for a UE that broadcasts a discovery message.
  • the information included in the network information field 615 may include an identifier (e.g., a PLMN ID) of a network that is providing service to an announcing UE.
  • the information included in the network information field 615 may be encrypted to prevent other UEs from determining network information for the announcing UE, and an emergency ProSe Function may have or be provided with the encryption key — e.g., once a user of the UE is positively diagnosed.
  • the network information may be embedded into the emergency ProSe code included in code field 610.
  • Location information field 620 may be configured to convey location information for a UE that broadcasts a discovery message.
  • location information field 620 may include a portion of a GPS coordinate determined for the UE when (or immediately prior to) the discovery message being broadcasted.
  • the information included in the location information field 620 may be encrypted to prevent other UEs from determining a location of the broadcasting UE, and an emergency ProSe Function may have or be provided with the encryption key — e.g., once a user of the UE is positively diagnosed.
  • the location information may be embedded into the emergency ProSe code included in code field 610.
  • Biometric information field 625 may be configured to convey biometric information for a UE that broadcasts a discovery message.
  • biometric information field 625 may include any combination of a body temperature, heart rate, blood pressure, or other biometric measurements of a user of the UE that broadcasts the discovery message.
  • the information included in the biometric information field 625 may be encrypted to prevent other UEs from determining a location of the broadcasting UE, and an emergency ProSe Function may have or be provided with the encryption key e.g., once a user of the UE is positively diagnosed.
  • the biometric information may be embedded into the emergency ProSe code included in code field 610.
  • the discovery message may include two fields: preamble field 605 and code field 610.
  • the emergency ProSe code included in code field 610 may be generated using any combination of network information, a temporary identifier of the announcing UE, location information, or biometric information. That is, the information transmitted in code field 610, network information field 615, location information field 620, and biometric information field 625 may form a single emergency ProSe code.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates aspects of a bulk reporting configuration that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Bulk report configuration 700 may be configured to report a set of emergency ProSe codes collected by a user during an interval of time.
  • Bulk report configuration 700 may include multiple code reports (e.g., first code report 705 to nth code report 740). Each code report may include one or more information fields. In some cases, the number of code reports included in a bulk report message is based on a storage capacity of a buffer used by a monitoring UE to store code reports and/or based on the expiration of a bulk code reporting timer.
  • First code report 705 may be configured to communicate a received emergency ProSe code along with additional information associated with the UE that announced the code and/or the monitoring UE.
  • First code report 705 may include stored code field 710, biometric information field 715, location information field 720, UE information field 725, network information field 730, and timing information field 735.
  • Stored code field 710 may be configured to convey an emergency ProSe code received from nearby UEs and stored at a monitoring UE.
  • stored code field 710 may include a ProSe code received from a nearby UE that broadcasted a discovery message associated with an emergency scenario.
  • Biometric information field 715 may be configured to convey biometric information associated with the UE that broadcasted a discovery message including an emergency ProSe code. In a bulk report message, biometric information field 715 may include biometric information associated with a UE that broadcasted the code conveyed by stored code field 710.
  • Location information field 720 may be configured to convey location information associated with the UE that broadcasted a discovery message including an emergency ProSe code and/or location information associated with the UE that transmits a bulk report message.
  • location information field 720 may include a partial GPS coordinate for the announcing UE and/or the monitoring UE when the emergency ProSe code conveyed by stored code field 710 was received.
  • Location information field 720 may also include a reception power measurement for a discovery message that included the emergency ProSe code.
  • UE information field 725 may be configured to communicate information about the monitoring UE.
  • UE information field 725 may include an identifier of the monitoring UE (e.g., an RNTI, an IMSI, or the like).
  • UE information field 725 may also include contact information for the UE that transmits the bulk report message — e.g., a phone number of the UE and/or email address of the user.
  • the information conveyed in biometric information field 715, location information field 720, and UE information field 725 associated with an announcing UE may be embedded in an emergency ProSe code conveyed in stored code field 710.
  • Network information field 730 may be configured to communication information about the network that manages the communication resources being monitored by a monitoring UE.
  • network information field 730 may include an identifier of a monitored network and/or an identifier of a visiting network that is serving the monitoring UE — e.g., if the UE that transmits the bulk report message is connected to a visiting network.
  • Timing information field 735 may be configured to communicate information about a time when a monitoring UE received an emergency ProSe code.
  • timing information field 735 may include a timestamp associated with a time when the monitoring UE received a discovery message that included the emergency ProSe code conveyed by stored code field 710.
  • one or more code reports in a bulk message reports may include information for a subset of the available fields.
  • a second code report may convey a biometric information field that conveys no data — e.g., by setting bits allocated to the biometric field to all zeros or all ones.
  • the second code report may construct a code report that excludes information bits for a biometric information field.
  • FIG. 8 shows a block diagram 800 of a device 805 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 805 may be an example of aspects of a UE 115 as described herein.
  • the device 805 may include a receiver 810, a communications manager 815, and a transmitter 820.
  • the device 805 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses).
  • the receiver 810 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to contact tracing using a wireless network, etc.). Information may be passed on to other components of the device 805.
  • the receiver 810 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1120 described with reference to FIG. 11.
  • the receiver 810 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • the communications manager 815 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the communications manager 815 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the communications manager 815 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes (e.g., two or more codes) that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated.
  • the communications manager 815 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes basing at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
  • the communications manager 815 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the communications manager 815 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE.
  • the communications manager 815 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
  • the communications manager 815 may configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE.
  • the communications manager 815 may broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
  • the communications manager 815 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1110 described herein.
  • the communications manager 815 may be an example of means for performing various aspects of supporting contact tracing.
  • the communications manager 815, or its sub components may be implemented in hardware, code (e.g., software or firmware) executed by a processor, or any combination thereof. If implemented in code executed by a processor, the functions of the communications manager 815, or its sub-components may be executed by a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • the communications manager 815 may be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations by one or more physical components.
  • the communications manager 815, or its sub-components may be a separate and distinct component in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the communications manager 815, or its sub-components may be combined with one or more other hardware components, including but not limited to an input/output (I/O) component, a transceiver, a network server, another computing device, one or more other components described in the present disclosure, or a combination thereof in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • I/O input/output
  • the communications manager 815 may be configured to perform various operations (e g., receiving, determining, transmitting) using or otherwise in cooperation with the receiver 810, the transmitter 820, or both.
  • the transmitter 820 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 805.
  • the transmitter 820 may be collocated with a receiver 810 in a transceiver module.
  • the transmitter 820 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1120 described with reference to FIG. 11.
  • the transmitter 820 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • FIG. 9 shows a block diagram 900 of a device 905 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 905 may be an example of aspects of a device 805, or a UE 115 as described herein.
  • the device 905 may include a receiver 910, a communications manager 915, and a transmitter 950.
  • the device 905 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses).
  • the receiver 910 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to contact tracing using a wireless network, etc.). Information may be passed on to other components of the device 905.
  • the receiver 910 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1120 described with reference to FIG. 11.
  • the receiver 910 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • the communications manager 915 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 815 as described herein.
  • the communications manager 915 may include a proximity component 920, a monitoring component 925, a storage component 930, a reporting component 935, and an announcing component 945.
  • the communications manager 915 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1110 described herein.
  • the communications manager 915 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the proximity component 920 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the monitoring component 925 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated.
  • the reporting component 935 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on receiving the plurality of codes.
  • the communications manager 915 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the proximity component 920 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE.
  • the announcing component 945 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
  • the proximity component 920 may configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the monitoring component 925 may receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs.
  • the storage component 930 may store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
  • the reporting component 935 may report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
  • the proximity component 920 may configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE.
  • the announcing component 945 may broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
  • the transmitter 950 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 905.
  • the transmitter 950 may be collocated with a receiver 910 in a transceiver module.
  • the transmitter 950 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1120 described with reference to FIG. 11.
  • the transmitter 950 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • FIG. 10 shows a block diagram 1000 of a communications manager 1005 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the communications manager 1005 may be an example of aspects of a communications manager 815, a communications manager 915, or a communications manager 1110 described herein.
  • the communications manager 1005 may include a proximity component 1010, a monitoring component 1015, a storage component 1020, a reporting component 1025, a distance component 1030, a registration component 1035, an announcing component 1045, a biometric component 1050, a location component 1055, and a broadcast component 1060. Each of these modules may communicate, directly or indirectly, with one another (e.g., via one or more buses).
  • the communications manager 1005 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated.
  • the reporting component 1025 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on receiving the plurality of codes.
  • the plurality of codes is stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
  • the storage component 1020 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for storing the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer based on being in the mode, where reporting the plurality of codes includes reporting the plurality of codes based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • the indication is included in a preamble of the message.
  • the reporting component 1025 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for reporting a message that includes the plurality of codes, a plurality of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from the network, a filtering function, where the UE is limited to storing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate that hides the full position of the first UE.
  • the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for calculating a distance between the UE and the first UE based on the portion of the global positioning coordinate. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for determining that the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease.
  • the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for determining the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease based on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal including the first code, where receiving the plurality of codes includes receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, where the UE is unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
  • the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from the network, a message including an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
  • the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from the network, a system information message including the indicator for activating the mode.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for configuring the mode based on the indicator.
  • the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the network, a request to register with the network. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving a response to the request, the response including the indicator for activating the mode. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for configuring the mode based on the indicator.
  • the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, where the plurality of codes is reported via a PC3 communication interface.
  • the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • a Proximity Services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE is bypassed.
  • the communications manager 1005 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE.
  • the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
  • the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for generating, by the UE, a plurality of second codes that are each associated with the identity of the UE, where the plurality of second codes are randomly generated and are each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE.
  • the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for updating the broadcast to include, one at a time, a different code of the plurality of second codes.
  • the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a network, the code based on receiving the indicator. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for generating, by the UE, the code based on receiving the indicator.
  • the biometric component 1050 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for obtaining a set of biometric data associated with a user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and the set of biometric data based on the set of biometric data indicating an infectious disease.
  • the location component 1055 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for a user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
  • the distance component 1030 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal including the code, where the code is broadcasted in accordance with the power level. In some examples, the distance component 1030 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, where the code is broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area. [0335] In some examples, the code is broadcasted based on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease. In some examples, the code is broadcasted based on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold.
  • the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a network, a system information message including the indicator for activating the mode.
  • the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for configuring the mode based on the indicator.
  • the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network.
  • the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving a response to the request, the response including the indicator for activating the mode.
  • the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for configuring the mode based on the indicator.
  • the network is a visited network for the UE when the UE is roaming.
  • the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for establishing a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for constructing an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the network, the address of the access point. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for establishing a data connection with the network that uses the access point.
  • the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for constructing a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
  • the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
  • the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality.
  • the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface.
  • the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality.
  • the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • the proximity component 1010 may configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the proximity component 1010 may receive, from the network, a message including an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
  • the proximity component 1010 may receive, from the network, a system information message including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode is configured based on the indicator. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may bypass a procedure used for authorizing access to the proximity services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from the network, a filtering function, where the UE is limited to storing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease. In some cases, the indication is included in a preamble of the message.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, where the UE is unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
  • the monitoring component 1015 may monitor a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, where the plurality of codes are reported via a PC3 communication interface. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may monitor a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology. In some cases, a proximity services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE is bypassed.
  • the storage component 1020 may store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured. In some examples, storing the plurality of codes includes sorting the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer. In some cases, the plurality of codes are stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
  • the reporting component 1025 may report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured. In some examples, reporting a message that includes the plurality of codes, a set of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof. In some examples, reporting the plurality of codes includes reporting the plurality of codes based on the expiration of the timer. In some examples, the reporting component 1025 may report the plurality of codes based on a quantity of the plurality of codes stored by the UE reaching a threshold.
  • the distance component 1030 may determine a distance between the UE and the first UE based on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal including the first code.
  • the registration component 1035 may transmit, to the network, a request to register with the network. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may receive a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode is configured based on the indicator. [0350] The proximity component 1040 may configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may receive, from a network, a system information message including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode is configured based on the indicator. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may bypass a procedure used for authorizing access to the proximity services functionality based on an outbreak of the infectious disease.
  • the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a proximity services functionality, and where the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface. In some cases, the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a proximity services functionality, and where the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • the announcing component 1045 may broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may receive, from a network, the code based on configuring the mode. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may generate, by the UE, the code based on configuring the mode. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may generate, by the UE, a set of second codes that are each associated with the identity of the UE, where the set of second codes are randomly generated and are each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may update the broadcast to include, one at a time, a different code of the set of second codes.
  • the code is broadcasted based on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of the infectious disease. In some cases, the code is broadcasted based on a set of biometric data of the user exceeding a threshold.
  • the biometric component 1050 may obtain a set of biometric data for the user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and the set of biometric data.
  • the location component 1055 may obtain a set of global positioning coordinates for the user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
  • the broadcast component 1060 may receive an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal including the code, where the code is broadcasted in accordance with the power level.
  • the broadcast component 1060 may receive an indication of a size of the proximity area, where the code is broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
  • the registration component 1035 may transmit, to a network, a request to register with the network. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may receive a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode is configured based on the indicator. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may establish a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may construct an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may transmit, to the network, the address of the access point.
  • the registration component 1035 may establish a data connection with the network that uses the access point. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may construct a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
  • the network is a visited network for the UE when the UE is roaming.
  • the data connection is a proximity services data connection
  • the network entity is a proximity services network entity.
  • FIG. 11 shows a diagram of a system 1100 including a device 1105 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 1105 may be an example of or include the components of device 805, device 905, or a UE 115 as described herein.
  • the device 1105 may include components for bi-directional voice and data communications including components for transmitting and receiving communications, including a communications manager 1110, an I/O controller 1115, a transceiver 1120, an antenna 1125, memory 1130, and a processor 1140. These components may be in electronic communication via one or more buses (e.g., bus 1145).
  • buses e.g., bus 1145
  • the communications manager 1110 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the communications manager 1110 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the communications manager 1110 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated.
  • the communications manager 1110 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes basing at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
  • the communications manager 1110 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the communications manager 1110 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE.
  • the communications manager 1110 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
  • the communications manager 1110 may configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE, receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs, store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured, and report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
  • the communications manager 1110 may also configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE and broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
  • the I/O controller 1115 may manage input and output signals for the device 1105.
  • the I/O controller 1115 may also manage peripherals not integrated into the device 1105.
  • the I/O controller 1115 may represent a physical connection or port to an external peripheral.
  • the I/O controller 1115 may utilize an operating system such as iOS®, ANDROID®, MS-DOS®, MS-WINDOWS®, OS/2®, UNIX®, LINUX®, or another known operating system.
  • the EO controller 1115 may represent or interact with a modem, a keyboard, a mouse, a touchscreen, or a similar device.
  • the I/O controller 1115 may be implemented as part of a processor.
  • a user may interact with the device 1105 via the I/O controller 1115 or via hardware components controlled by the I/O controller 1115.
  • the transceiver 1120 may communicate bi-directionally, via one or more antennas, wired, or wireless links as described above.
  • the transceiver 1120 may represent a wireless transceiver and may communicate bi-directionally with another wireless transceiver.
  • the transceiver 1120 may also include a modem to modulate the packets and provide the modulated packets to the antennas for transmission, and to demodulate packets received from the antennas.
  • the wireless device may include a single antenna 1125. However, in some cases the device may have more than one antenna 1125, which may be capable of concurrently transmitting or receiving multiple wireless transmissions.
  • the memory 1130 may include random-access memory (RAM) and read-only memory (ROM).
  • the memory 1130 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code 1135 including instructions that, when executed, cause the processor to perform various functions described herein.
  • the memory 1130 may contain, among other things, a basic input/output system (BIOS) which may control basic hardware or software operation such as the interaction with peripheral components or devices.
  • BIOS basic input/output system
  • the processor 1140 may include an intelligent hardware device, (e.g., a general- purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic component, a discrete hardware component, or any combination thereof).
  • the processor 1140 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller.
  • a memory controller may be integrated into the processor 1140.
  • the processor 1140 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 1130) to cause the device 1105 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks supporting contact tracing using a wireless network).
  • the code 1135 may include instructions to implement aspects of the present disclosure, including instructions to support wireless communications.
  • the code 1135 may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or other type of memory. In some cases, the code 1135 may not be directly executable by the processor 1140 but may cause a computer (e g., when compiled and executed) to perform functions described herein.
  • FIG. 12 shows a block diagram 1200 of a device 1205 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 1205 may be an example of aspects of a core network 130 as described herein.
  • the device 1205 may include a receiver 1210, a communications manager 1215, and a transmitter 1220.
  • the device 1205 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e g., via one or more buses).
  • the receiver 1210 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to contact tracing using a wireless network, etc.). Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1205.
  • the receiver 1210 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1520 described with reference to FIG. 15.
  • the receiver 1210 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • the communications manager 1215 may support wireless communications at a network in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the communications manager 1215 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs.
  • the communications manager 1215 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • the communications manager 1215 may be an example of means for performing various aspects of supporting contact tracing.
  • the communications manager 1215, or its sub components may be implemented in hardware, code (e.g., software or firmware) executed by a processor, or any combination thereof. If implemented in code executed by a processor, the functions of the communications manager 1215, or its sub-components may be executed by a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
  • the communications manager 1215 may be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations by one or more physical components.
  • the communications manager 1215, or its sub-components may be a separate and distinct component in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the communications manager 1215, or its sub-components may be combined with one or more other hardware components, including but not limited to an EO component, a transceiver, a network server, another computing device, one or more other components described in the present disclosure, or a combination thereof in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the communications manager 1215 may be configured to perform various operations (e g., receiving, determining, transmitting) using or otherwise in cooperation with the receiver 1210, the transmitter 1220, or both.
  • the transmitter 1220 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1205.
  • the transmitter 1220 may be collocated with a receiver 1210 in a transceiver module.
  • the transmitter 1220 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1520 described with reference to FIG. 15.
  • the transmitter 1220 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • FIG. 13 shows a block diagram 1300 of a device 1305 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 1305 may be an example of aspects of a device 1205, or a core network 130 as described herein.
  • the device 1305 may include a receiver 1310, a communications manager 1315, and a transmitter 1335.
  • the device 1305 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e g., via one or more buses).
  • the receiver 1310 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to contact tracing using a wireless network, etc.). Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1305.
  • the receiver 1310 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1520 described with reference to FIG. 15.
  • the receiver 1310 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • the communications manager 1315 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1215 as described herein.
  • the communications manager 1315 may include an emergency proximity component 1320, a network monitoring component 1325, and a network announcing component 1330.
  • the communications manager 1315 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1510 described herein.
  • the communications manager 1315 may support wireless communications at a network in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the network monitoring component 1325 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs.
  • the emergency proximity component 1320 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • the emergency proximity component 1320 may activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network and receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • the network monitoring component 1325 may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs.
  • the transmitter 1335 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1305.
  • the transmitter 1335 may be collocated with a receiver 1310 in a transceiver module.
  • the transmitter 1335 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1520 described with reference to FIG. 15.
  • the transmitter 1335 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
  • FIG. 14 shows a block diagram 1400 of a communications manager 1405 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the communications manager 1405 may be an example of aspects of a communications manager 1215, a communications manager 1315, or a communications manager 1510 described herein.
  • the communications manager 1405 may include an emergency proximity component 1410, a network monitoring component 1415, a network announcing component 1420, a network registration component 1425, a network security component 1430, a proximity identification component 1435, a notification component 1440, a network distance component 1445, and a network location component 1450.
  • Each of these modules may communicate, directly or indirectly, with one another (e.g., via one or more buses).
  • the communications manager 1405 may support wireless communications at a network in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the network monitoring component 1415 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs.
  • the network location component 1450 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for identifying prior locations of the UEs based on the functionality being enabled, where the indication is transmitted to the one or more UEs based on prior locations of the one or more UEs.
  • the prior locations of the one or more UEs are within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
  • the network announcing component 1420 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for establishing a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where an address of the access point is constructed at the second UE.
  • the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address is constructed at the second UE.
  • the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
  • the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the second UE, a message that includes a web address. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for obtaining, by the network entity, an internet protocol address of the second UE based on the web address. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for matching, by the network entity, the internet protocol address with a mobile subscription identifier of the second UE. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on a match between the internet protocol address and the mobile subscription identifier.
  • the response to the request to register with the network includes a passcode
  • the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE.
  • the response to the request to register with the network includes a passcode
  • the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the passcode.
  • the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the authentication credentials.
  • the network monitoring component 1415 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the first UE, a system information message including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
  • the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, where transmitting the indication includes.
  • the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
  • the network monitoring component 1415 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the first UE, a filtering function, where the first UE is limited to cataloguing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
  • the functionality is associated with a Proximity Services functionality
  • the emergency proximity component 1410 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
  • the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based on the identifying. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes. [0398] In some examples, the notification component 1440 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the first UE, a message including an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
  • the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal including a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE, where the power level is associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE are detectable by a set of UEs in proximity to the second UE.
  • the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving a second indication of a plurality of power levels of a plurality of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of signals including the plurality of codes that are associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for determining a plurality of historical distances between the first UE and the one or more UEs of the one or more UEs based on the plurality of power levels.
  • the network location component 1450 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for obtaining, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
  • the emergency proximity component 1410 may identify prior locations of the UEs based on the functionality being enabled, where the one or more UEs is configured in the second mode based on prior locations of the one or more UEs. In some examples, the emergency proximity component 1410 may transmit, to the first UE, a system information message including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE. In some examples, the emergency proximity component 1410 may bypass a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
  • the prior locations of the one or more UEs are within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
  • the functionality is activated based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • the network monitoring component 1415 may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs. In some examples, the network monitoring component 1415 may transmit a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE. In some examples, the network monitoring component 1415 may transmit, to the first UE, a filtering function, where the first UE is limited to cataloguing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
  • the network announcing component 1420 may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs. In some examples, the network announcing component 1420 may transmit, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE. In some examples, the network announcing component 1420 may transmit, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indication to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode.
  • the network announcing component 1420 may transmit, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE. In some examples, the network announcing component 1420 may transmit a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • the network registration component 1425 may receive, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, where the request includes an indication of a prior location of the second UE, where configuring the one or more UEs in the second mode includes.
  • the network registration component 1425 may establish a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
  • the network registration component 1425 may transmit a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where an address of the access point is constructed at the second UE.
  • the network registration component 1425 may receive a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address is constructed at the second UE.
  • network registration component 1425 may receive, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, where configuring the UEs in the first mode includes transmitting a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
  • the network is a visited network for the second UE.
  • the data connection is a proximity services data connection
  • the network entity is a proximity services network entity.
  • the network security component 1430 may authenticate, by the network entity, the second UE based on the passcode. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may receive, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may authenticate, by the network entity, the second UE based on the authentication credentials.
  • the proximity identification component 1435 may receive an indication that a second UE of the one or more UEs of the one or more UEs is associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may identify one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may compare the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based on the identifying. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may determine that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
  • the notification component 1440 may transmit, to the first UE, a message including an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
  • the network distance component 1445 may transmit, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal including a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE, where the power level is associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE are detectable by neighboring UEs.
  • the network distance component 1445 may receive a second indication of a set of power levels of a set of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the set of signals including the plurality of codes that are associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • the network distance component 1445 may determine a set of historical distances between the first UE and the one or more UEs of the one or more UEs based on the set of power levels.
  • the network location component 1450 may obtain, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
  • FIG. 15 shows a diagram of a system 1500 including a device 1505 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the device 1505 may be an example of or include the components of device 1205, device 1305, or a core network 130 as described herein.
  • the device 1505 may include components for network communications, including a communications manager 1510, an inter-network communications manager 1515, a memory 1530, a processor 1540, and a station communications manager 1545. These components may be in electronic communication via one or more buses (e g., bus 1550).
  • buses e g., bus 1550
  • the communications manager 1510 may activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network, receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs, and configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs.
  • the inter-network communications manager 1515 may manage communications with other core networks.
  • the memory 1530 may include RAM, ROM, or a combination thereof.
  • the memory 1530 may store computer-readable code 1535 including instructions that, when executed by a processor (e.g., the processor 1540) cause the device to perform various functions described herein.
  • a processor e.g., the processor 1540
  • the memory 1530 may contain, among other things, a BIOS which may control basic hardware or software operation such as the interaction with peripheral components or devices.
  • the processor 1540 may include an intelligent hardware device, (e.g., a general- purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic component, a discrete hardware component, or any combination thereof).
  • the processor 1540 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller.
  • a memory controller may be integrated into processor 1540.
  • the processor 1540 may be configured to execute computer- readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 1530) to cause the device 1505 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks supporting contact tracing using a wireless network).
  • the station communications manager 1545 may manage communications with base station 105 (e.g., via one or more wired backhaul links). For example, station communications manager 1545 may manage the transfer of data communications for client devices, such as one or more UEs 115.
  • the code 1535 may include instructions to implement aspects of the present disclosure, including instructions to support wireless communications.
  • the code 1535 may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or other type of memory. In some cases, the code 1535 may not be directly executable by the processor 1540 but may cause a computer (e.g., when compiled and executed) to perform functions described herein.
  • FIG. 16 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1600 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of method 1600 may be implemented by a UE 115 or its components as described herein.
  • the operations of method 1600 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
  • a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a UE may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
  • the UE may configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the operations of 1605 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1605 may be performed by a proximity component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
  • the UE may receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs.
  • the operations of 1610 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1610 may be performed by a monitoring component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
  • the UE may store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured. The operations of 1615 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1615 may be performed by a storage component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
  • the UE may report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
  • the operations of 1620 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1620 may be performed by a reporting component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
  • FIG. 17 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1700 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of method 1700 may be implemented by a UE 115 or its components as described herein.
  • the operations of method 1700 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
  • a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the functions described below.
  • a UE may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
  • the UE may broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
  • the operations of 1710 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1710 may be performed by an announcing component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
  • FIG. 18 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1800 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of method 1800 may be implemented by a base station 105 or its components as described herein.
  • the operations of method 1800 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 12 through 15.
  • a base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the base station to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a base station may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
  • the base station may activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network.
  • the operations of 1805 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1805 may be performed by an emergency proximity component as described with reference to FIGs. 12 through 15.
  • the base station may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs.
  • the operations of 1810 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1810 may be performed by a network monitoring component as described with reference to FIGs. 12 through 15.
  • the base station may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs of the UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs.
  • the operations of 1815 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1815 may be performed by a network announcing component as described with reference to FIGs. 12 through 15.
  • the base station may receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • the operations of 1820 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1820 may be performed by an emergency proximity component as described with reference to FIGs. 12 through 15.
  • FIG. 19 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1900 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of the method 1900 may be implemented by a UE or its components as described herein.
  • the operations of the method 1900 may be performed by a UE 115 as described with reference to FIGs. 1 through 11.
  • a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the described functions. Additionally, or alternatively, the UE may perform aspects of the described functions using special-purpose hardware.
  • the method may include receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE.
  • the operations of 1905 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1905 may be performed by a proximity component 1010 as described with reference to FIG. 10.
  • the method may include receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated.
  • the operations of 1910 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1910 may be performed by a monitoring component 1015 as described with reference to FIG. 10.
  • the method may include reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on receiving the plurality of codes.
  • the operations of 1915 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1915 may be performed by a reporting component 1025 as described with reference to FIG. 10.
  • FIG. 20 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2000 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of the method 2000 may be implemented by a UE or its components as described herein.
  • the operations of the method 2000 may be performed by a UE 115 as described with reference to FIGs. 1 through 11.
  • a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the described functions. Additionally, or alternatively, the UE may perform aspects of the described functions using special-purpose hardware.
  • the method may include receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE.
  • the operations of 2005 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2005 may be performed by a proximity component 1010 as described with reference to FIG. 10.
  • the method may include broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
  • the operations of 2010 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2010 may be performed by an announcing component 1045 as described with reference to FIG. 10.
  • FIG. 21 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2100 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of the method 2100 may be implemented by a base station or its components as described herein.
  • the operations of the method 2100 may be performed by a base station 105 as described with reference to FIGs. 1 through 7 and 12 through 15.
  • a base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the base station to perform the described functions. Additionally, or alternatively, the base station may perform aspects of the described functions using special-purpose hardware.
  • the method may include transmitting, based at least in part on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs.
  • the operations of 2105 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2105 may be performed by a network monitoring component 1415 as described with reference to FIG. 14.
  • the method may include receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • the operations of 2110 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2110 may be performed by an emergency proximity component 1410 as described with reference to FIG. 14.
  • a method for wireless communications at a user equipment comprising configuring a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE; receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs; storing the plurality of codes based at least in part on the mode being configured; and reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based at least in part on the mode being configured.
  • Aspect 2 The method of aspect 1, wherein the reporting further comprises reporting a message that comprises the plurality of codes, a plurality of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
  • Aspect 3 The method of any one of aspects 1 or 2, wherein storing the plurality of codes comprises sorting the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer; and reporting the plurality of codes comprises reporting the plurality of codes based at least in part on the expiration of the timer.
  • Aspect 4 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 3, wherein reporting the plurality of codes comprises reporting the plurality of codes based at least in part on a quantity of the plurality of codes stored by the UE reaching a threshold.
  • Aspect 5 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 4, wherein the plurality of codes is stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 6 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 5, further comprising receiving, from the network, a filtering function, wherein the UE is limited to storing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based at least in part on the filtering function.
  • Aspect 7 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 6, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 8 The method of any aspect 7, wherein the indication is included in a preamble of the message.
  • Aspect 9 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 8, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE.
  • Aspect 10 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 9, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate.
  • Aspect 11 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 10, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, the method further comprising determining a distance between the UE and the first UE based at least in part on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal comprising the first code.
  • Aspect 12 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 11, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, wherein the UE is unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
  • Aspect 13 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 12, further comprising receiving, from the network, a message comprising an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 14 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 13, further comprising receiving, from the network, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the mode, wherein the mode is configured based at least in part on the indicator.
  • Aspect 15 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 14, further comprising transmitting, to the network, a request to register with the network; and receiving a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the mode, wherein the mode is configured based at least in part on the indicator.
  • Aspect 16 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 15, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 17 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 16, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface using D2D discovery techniques, wherein the plurality of codes are reported via a PC3 communication interface.
  • the monitoring comprises performing D2D discovery via a sidelink comprising the PC5 communication interface
  • Aspect 18 The method of any one of aspects 1 through 17, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • Aspect 19 The method of aspect 17, wherein a Proximity Services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE is bypassed.
  • a method for wireless communications at a user equipment comprising configuring a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE; and broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based at least in part on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 21 The method of aspect 20, further comprising receiving, from a network, the code based at least in part on configuring the mode.
  • Aspect 22 The method of any one of aspects 20 or 21, further comprising generating, by the UE, the code based at least in part on configuring the mode.
  • Aspect 23 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 22, further comprising generating, by the UE, a plurality of second codes that are each associated with the identity of the UE, wherein the plurality of second codes are randomly generated and are each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE; and updating the broadcast to include, one at a time, a code of the plurality of second codes.
  • Aspect 24 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 23, further comprising obtaining a set of biometric data for the user of the UE, wherein the broadcasting comprises broadcasting a message that comprises the code and the set of biometric data.
  • Aspect 25 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 24, further comprising obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for the user of the UE, wherein the broadcasting comprises broadcasting a message that comprises the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
  • Aspect 26 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 25, further comprising receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal comprising the code, wherein the code is broadcasted in accordance with the power level.
  • Aspect 27 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 26, further comprising receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, wherein the code is broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
  • Aspect 28 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 27, wherein the code is broadcasted based at least in part on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of the infectious disease.
  • Aspect 29 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 28, wherein the code is broadcasted based at least in part on a set of biometric data of the user exceeding a threshold.
  • Aspect 30 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 29, further comprising receiving, from a network, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the mode, wherein the mode is configured based at least in part on the indicator.
  • Aspect 31 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 30, further comprising transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network; and receiving a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the mode, wherein the mode is configured based at least in part on the indicator.
  • Aspect 32 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 31, wherein the network is a visited network for the UE when the UE is roaming.
  • Aspect 33 The method of aspect 32, further comprising establishing a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
  • Aspect 34 The method of aspect 32, further comprising constructing an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters; transmitting, to the network, the address of the access point; and establishing a data connection with the network that uses the access point.
  • Aspect 35 The method of aspect 34, further comprising constructing a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
  • Aspect 36 The method of aspect 35, wherein the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
  • Aspect 37 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 31, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an outbreak of the infectious disease.
  • Aspect 38 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 31 or 37, wherein the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and wherein the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface (which may also be referred to as a sidelink).
  • a PC5 communication interface which may also be referred to as a sidelink
  • Aspect 39 The method of any one of aspects 20 through 31, 37, or 38, wherein the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and wherein the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • a method for wireless communications at a network comprising activating a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network; configuring, based at least in part on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs; configuring, based at least in part on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs; and receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • Aspect 41 The method of aspect 40, further comprising transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • Aspect 42 The method of any one of aspects 40 or 41, further comprising identifying prior locations of the UEs based at least in part on the functionality being enabled, wherein the one or more UEs is configured in the second mode based at least in part on prior locations of the one or more UEs.
  • Aspect 43 The method of aspect 42, wherein the prior locations of the one or more UEs are within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 44 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, further comprising transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indication to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based at least in part on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode.
  • Aspect 45 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42 or 44, wherein configuring the one or more UEs in the second mode comprises transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • Aspect 46 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44, or 45, further comprising receiving, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, wherein the request comprises an indication of a prior location of the second UE, wherein configuring the one or more UEs in the second mode comprises transmitting a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • Aspect 47 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, or 44 through 46, wherein the network is a visited network for the second UE.
  • Aspect 48 The method of aspect 47, further comprising establishing a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
  • Aspect 49 The method of aspect 47, further comprising transmitting a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein an address of the access point is constructed at the second UE.
  • Aspect 50 The method of aspect 49, further comprising receiving a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address is constructed at the second UE.
  • Aspect 51 The method of aspect 50, wherein the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
  • Aspect 52 The method of aspect 50, further comprising transmitting, to the second UE, a message that includes a web address; obtaining, by the network entity, an internet protocol address of the second UE based at least in part on the web address; matching, by the network entity, the internet protocol address with a mobile subscription identifier of the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on a match between the internet protocol address and the mobile subscription identifier.
  • Aspect 53 The method of aspect 50, wherein the response to the request to register with the network comprises a passcode, the method further comprising receiving, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on the passcode.
  • Aspect 54 The method of aspect 50, further comprising receiving, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on the authentication credentials.
  • Aspect 55 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, or 44 through 47, wherein configuring the UEs in the first mode comprises transmitting, to the first UE, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
  • Aspect 56 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, or 55 further comprising receiving, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, wherein configuring the UEs in the first mode comprises transmitting a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
  • Aspect 58 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, or 55 through 57, wherein the functionality is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
  • Aspect 59 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, or 55 through 58, further comprising receiving an indication that a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs is associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease; identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE; comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based at least in part on the identifying; and determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based at least in part on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
  • Aspect 60 The method of aspect 59, further comprising transmitting, to the first UE, a message comprising an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based at least in part on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
  • Aspect 61 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, or 55 through 58, further comprising transmitting, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal comprising a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE, wherein the power level is associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE are detectable by neighboring UEs.
  • Aspect 62 The method of aspect 61, further comprising receiving a second indication of a plurality of power levels of a plurality of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of signals comprising the plurality of codes that are associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs; and determining a plurality of historical distances between the first UE and the at least one UE of the one or more UEs based at least in part on the plurality of power levels.
  • Aspect 63 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, 55 through 58, or 61, further comprising obtaining, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
  • Aspect 64 The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, 55 through 58, 61, or 63 wherein the functionality is activated based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 65 An apparatus for wireless communication comprising at least one means for performing a method of any one of aspects 1 through 19.
  • Aspect 66 An apparatus for wireless communication comprising a processor and memory coupled to the processor.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 1 through 19.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication comprising a processor, memory coupled to the processor, and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 1 through 19.
  • Aspect 68 An apparatus for wireless communication comprising at least one means for performing a method of any one of aspects 20 through 39.
  • Aspect 69 An apparatus for wireless communication comprising a processor and memory coupled to the processor.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 20 through 39.
  • Aspect 70 A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication comprising a processor, memory coupled to the processor, and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 20 through 39.
  • Aspect 71 An apparatus for wireless communication comprising at least one means for performing a method of any one of aspects 40 through 64.
  • Aspect 72 An apparatus for wireless communication comprising a processor and memory coupled to the processor.
  • the processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 40 through 64.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication comprising a processor, memory coupled to the processor, and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 40 through 64.
  • a method for wireless communications at a UE comprising: receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE; receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based at least in part on the mode being activated; and reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
  • Aspect 75 The method of aspect 74, wherein the plurality of codes is stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 76 The method of any of aspects 74 through 75, further comprising: storing the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer based at least in part on being in the mode, wherein reporting the plurality of codes comprises reporting the plurality of codes based at least in part on the expiration of the timer.
  • Aspect 77 The method of any of aspects 74 through 76, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 78 The method of aspect 77, wherein the indication is included in a preamble of the message.
  • Aspect 79 The method of any of aspects 74 through 78, wherein the reporting further comprises: reporting a message that comprises the plurality of codes, a plurality of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
  • Aspect 80 The method of any of aspects 74 through 79, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a filtering function, wherein the UE is limited to storing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based at least in part on the filtering function.
  • Aspect 81 The method of any of aspects 74 through 80, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE.
  • Aspect 82 The method of any of aspects 74 through 81, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate that hides the full position of the first UE.
  • Aspect 83 The method of aspect 82, further comprising: calculating a distance between the UE and the first UE based at least in part on the portion of the global positioning coordinate; and determining that the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 84 The method of any of aspects 74 through 83, further comprising: determining the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease based at least in part on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal comprising the first code, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE.
  • Aspect 85 The method of any of aspects 74 through 84, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, wherein the UE is unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
  • Aspect 86 The method of any of aspects 74 through 85, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a message comprising an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 87 The method of any of aspects 74 through 86, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a system information message comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator.
  • Aspect 88 The method of any of aspects 74 through 87, further comprising: transmitting, to the network, a request to register with the network; and receiving a response to the request, the response comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator.
  • Aspect 89 The method of any of aspects 74 through 88, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 90 The method of any of aspects 74 through 89, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, wherein the plurality of codes is reported via a PC3 communication interface.
  • the monitoring comprises performing D2D discovery via a sidelink comprising the PC5 communication interface
  • Aspect 91 The method of aspect 90, wherein a Proximity Services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE is bypassed.
  • Aspect 92 The method of any of aspects 74 through 91, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • Aspect 93 The method of aspect 74, wherein the plurality of codes is stored for a configured time duration associated with an emergency event.
  • Aspect 94 The method of any of aspects 74 through 76, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an emergency event.
  • Aspect 95 The method of aspect 82, further comprising: calculating a distance between the UE and the first UE based at least in part on the portion of the global positioning coordinate; and determining that the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin.
  • Aspect 96 The method of any of aspects 74 through 83, further comprising: determining the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin based at least in part on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal comprising the first code, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE.
  • Aspect 97 The method of any of aspects 74 through 85, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a message comprising an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with an emergency event.
  • Aspect 98 A method for wireless communications at a UE, comprising: receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE; and broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based at least in part on receiving the indicator.
  • Aspect 99 The method of aspect 98, further comprising: generating, by the UE, a plurality of second codes that are each associated with the identity of the UE, wherein the plurality of second codes are randomly generated and are each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE; and updating the broadcast to include, one at a time, a code of the plurality of second codes.
  • Aspect 100 The method of any of aspects 98 through 99, further comprising: receiving, from a network, the code based at least in part on receiving the indicator.
  • Aspect 101 The method of any of aspects 98 through 100, further comprising: generating, by the UE, the code based at least in part on receiving the indicator.
  • Aspect 102 The method of any of aspects 98 through 101, further comprising: obtaining a set of biometric data associated with a user of the UE, wherein the broadcasting comprises broadcasting a message that comprises the code and the set of biometric data based at least in part on the set of biometric data indicating an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 103 The method of any of aspects 98 through 102, further comprising: obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for a user of the UE, wherein the broadcasting comprises broadcasting a message that comprises the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
  • Aspect 104 The method of any of aspects 98 through 103, further comprising: receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal comprising the code, wherein the code is broadcasted in accordance with the power level.
  • Aspect 105 The method of any of aspects 98 through 104, further comprising: receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, wherein the code is broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
  • Aspect 106 The method of any of aspects 98 through 105, wherein the code is broadcasted based at least in part on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 107 The method of any of aspects 98 through 106, wherein the code is broadcasted based at least in part on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold.
  • Aspect 108 The method of any of aspects 98 through 107, further comprising: receiving, from a network, a system information message comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator.
  • Aspect 109 The method of any of aspects 98 through 108, further comprising: transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network; and receiving a response to the request, the response comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator.
  • Aspect 110 The method of aspect 109, wherein the network is a visited network for the UE when the UE is roaming.
  • Aspect 111 The method of aspect 110, further comprising: establishing a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
  • Aspect 112 The method of any of aspects 110 through 111, further comprising: constructing an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters; transmitting, to the network, the address of the access point; and establishing a data connection with the network that uses the access point.
  • Aspect 113 The method of aspect 112, further comprising: constructing a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
  • Aspect 114 The method of aspect 113, wherein the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
  • Aspect 115 The method of any of aspects 98 through 114, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 116 The method of any of aspects 98 through 115, wherein the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface.
  • Aspect 117 The method of any of aspects 98 through 116, wherein the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
  • Aspect 118 The method of any of aspects 98 through 116, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an emergency event.
  • a method for wireless communications at a network comprising: transmitting, based at least in part on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs; and receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
  • Aspect 120 The method of aspect 119, further comprising: identifying prior locations of the UEs based at least in part on the functionality being enabled, wherein the indication is transmitted to the one or more UEs based at least in part on prior locations of the one or more UEs.
  • Aspect 121 The method of aspect 120, wherein the prior locations of the one or more UEs are within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 122 The method of any of aspects 119 through 121, wherein transmitting the indication comprises: transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • Aspect 123 The method of any of aspects 119 through 122, further comprising: receiving, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, wherein the request comprises an indication of a prior location of the second UE, wherein transmitting the indication comprises: transmitting a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • Aspect 124 The method of aspect 123, wherein the network is a visited network for the second UE.
  • Aspect 125 The method of aspect 124, further comprising: establishing a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
  • Aspect 126 The method of any of aspects 124 through 125, further comprising: transmitting a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein an address of the access point is constructed at the second UE.
  • Aspect 127 The method of aspect 126, further comprising: receiving a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address is constructed at the second UE.
  • Aspect 128 The method of aspect 127, wherein the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
  • Aspect 130 The method of any of aspects 127 through 129, wherein the response to the request to register with the network comprises a passcode, the method further comprising: receiving, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on the passcode.
  • Aspect 131 The method of any of aspects 127 through 130, further comprising: receiving, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on the authentication credentials.
  • Aspect 132 The method of any of aspects 125 through 131, further comprising: transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
  • Aspect 133 The method of any of aspects 125 through 132, wherein transmitting the indication comprises: transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indicator to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based at least in part on a set of biometric data of a user of the second UE exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode.
  • Aspect 134 The method of any of aspects 125 through 133, wherein transmitting the indication comprises: transmitting, to the first UE, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
  • Aspect 136 The method of any of aspects 125 through 135, further comprising: transmitting, to the first UE, a filtering function, wherein the first UE is limited to cataloguing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based at least in part on the filtering function.
  • Aspect 137 The method of any of aspects 125 through 136, wherein the functionality is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
  • Aspect 138 The method of any of aspects 125 through 137, further comprising: receiving an indication that a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs is associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease; identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE; comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based at least in part on the identifying; and determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based at least in part on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
  • Aspect 139 The method of aspect 138, further comprising: transmitting, to the first UE, a message comprising an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based at least in part on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
  • Aspect 140 The method of any of aspects 125 through 139, further comprising: transmitting, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal comprising a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE, wherein the power level is associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE are detectable by a set of UEs in proximity to the second UE.
  • Aspect 141 The method of aspect 140, further comprising: receiving a second indication of a plurality of power levels of a plurality of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of signals comprising the plurality of codes that are associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs; and determining a plurality of historical distances between the first UE and the at least one UE of the one or more UEs based at least in part on the plurality of power levels.
  • Aspect 142 The method of any of aspects 125 through 141, further comprising: obtaining, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
  • Aspect 143 The method of any of aspects 125 through 142, further comprising: activating the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters between the UEs served by the network based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
  • Aspect 144 The method of any of aspects 125 through 137, further comprising: receiving an indication that a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs is associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an emergency event; identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE; comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based at least in part on the identifying; and determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based at least in part on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
  • Aspect 148 A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform a method of any of aspects 74 through 97.
  • Aspect 149 An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE, comprising a processor; memory coupled with the processor; and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any of aspects 98 through 112.
  • Aspect 150 An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE, comprising at least one means for performing a method of any of aspects 98 through 118.
  • Aspect 151 A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform a method of any of aspects 98 through 118.
  • Aspect 153 An apparatus for wireless communications at a network, comprising at least one means for performing a method of any of aspects 119 through 145.
  • LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR may be described for purposes of example, and LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR terminology may be used in much of the description, the techniques described herein are applicable beyond LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR networks.
  • the described techniques may be applicable to various other wireless communications systems such as Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, as well as other systems and radio technologies not explicitly mentioned herein.
  • UMB Ultra Mobile Broadband
  • IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
  • Wi-Fi Wi-Fi
  • WiMAX IEEE 802.16
  • IEEE 802.20 Flash-OFDM
  • Information and signals described herein may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques.
  • data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referenced throughout the description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, optical fields or particles, or any combination thereof.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in the alternative, the processor may be any processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • a processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices (e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration).
  • the functions described herein may be implemented in hardware, software executed by a processor, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software executed by a processor, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Other examples and implementations are within the scope of the disclosure and appended claims. For example, due to the nature of software, functions described herein may be implemented using software executed by a processor, hardware, firmware, hardwiring, or combinations of any of these. Features implementing functions may also be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations.
  • Computer-readable media includes both non-transitory computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a non-transitory storage medium may be any available medium that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special purpose computer.
  • non-transitory computer-readable media may include RAM, ROM, electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), flash memory, compact disk (CD) ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other non-transitory medium that may be used to carry or store desired program code means in the form of instructions or data structures and that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor.
  • any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium.
  • the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave
  • the coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of computer-readable medium.
  • Disk and disc include CD, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD), floppy disk and Blu-ray disc where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs reproduce data optically with lasers. Combinations of the above are also included within the scope of computer-readable media.
  • example used herein means “serving as an example, instance, or illustration,” and not “preferred” or “advantageous over other examples.”
  • the detailed description includes specific details for the purpose of providing an understanding of the described techniques. These techniques, however, may be practiced without these specific details. In some instances, known structures and devices are shown in block diagram form in order to avoid obscuring the concepts of the described examples. [0605]
  • the description herein is provided to enable a person having ordinary skill in the art to make or use the disclosure. Various modifications to the disclosure will be apparent to a person having ordinary skill in the art, and the generic principles defined herein may be applied to other variations without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Thus, the disclosure is not limited to the examples and designs described herein but is to be accorded the broadest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described. A functionality that enables wireless devices to use a proximity service provided by a network may be activated in an emergency situation. The network may configure a set of wireless devices to broadcast codes that protect the privacy of the broadcasting devices. The network may configure another set of wireless devices to monitor and catalogue such codes broadcasted by other wireless devices. The catalogued codes may be reported to the network. The network may obtain a set of codes broadcasted by a wireless device and compare the set of codes with a database of codes stored by the network to determine which wireless devices in the network have come into close contact with the wireless device.

Description

CONTACT TRACING USING A WIRELESS NETWORK
CROSS REFERENCE
[0001] The present Application for Patent claims the benefit of Greece Provisional Patent Application No. 20200100191 by ZISIMOPOULOS, et al., entitled “CONTACT TRACING USING A WIRELESS NETWORK,” filed April 14, 2020, assigned to the assignee hereof.
INTRODUCTION
[0002] The following relates generally to wireless communications and more specifically to supporting contact tracing.
[0003] Wireless communications systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication content such as voice, video, packet data, messaging, broadcast, and so on. These systems may be capable of supporting communication with multiple users by sharing the available system resources (e.g., time, frequency, and power). Examples of such multiple- access systems include fourth generation (4G) systems such as Long-Term Evolution (LTE) systems, LTE- Advanced (LTE- A) systems, or LTE-APro systems, and fifth generation (5G) systems which may be referred to as New Radio (NR) systems. These systems may employ technologies such as code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), or discrete Fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (DFT-S-OFDM). A wireless multiple-access communications system may include one or more base stations or one or more network access nodes, each simultaneously supporting communication for multiple communication devices, which may be otherwise known as user equipment (UE).
[0004] A wireless communications system may provide different services to UEs, including voice services, short messaging services, data services, and proximity services.
SUMMARY
[0005] A method for wireless communications at a UE is described. The method may include receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The method may also include receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated. The method may also include reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on receiving the plurality of codes.
[0006] An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include a processor and memory coupled to the processor. The processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to receive an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The processor and memory may also be configured to cause the apparatus to receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated. The processor and memory may also be configured to cause the apparatus to report, to a network, the plurality of codes based at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
[0007] Another apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The apparatus may also include means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated. The apparatus may also include means for reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on receiving the plurality of codes.
[0008] A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The code may also include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated. The code may also include instructions executable by a processor to report, to a network, the plurality of codes based at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
[0009] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the plurality of codes may be stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
[0010] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for storing the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer based on being in the mode, where reporting the plurality of codes includes reporting the plurality of codes based on the expiration of the timer.
[0011] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0012] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the indication may be included in a preamble of the message.
[0013] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the reporting may include operations, features, means, or instructions for reporting a message that includes the plurality of codes, a plurality of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
[0014] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a filtering function, where the UE may be limited to storing codes that may be associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
[0015] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE.
[0016] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate that hides the full position of the first UE. [0017] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for calculating a distance between the UE and the first UE based on the portion of the global positioning coordinate and determining that the distance between the UE and the first UE may be within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease.
[0018] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for determining the distance between the UE and the first UE may be within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease based on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal including the first code, where receiving the plurality of codes includes receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE.
[0019] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE, where the UE may be unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
[0020] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a message including an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that may have been associated with a user that may have been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
[0021] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a system information message including the indicator for activating the mode and configuring the mode based on the indicator.
[0022] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the network, a request to register with the network, receiving a response to the request, the response including the indicator for activating the mode, and configuring the mode based on the indicator. [0023] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the mode for monitoring communication resources may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality and the method, apparatuses, and non- transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0024] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the mode for monitoring communication resources may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality and the method, apparatuses, and non- transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, where the plurality of codes may be reported via a PC3 communication interface.
[0025] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the monitoring comprises performing D2D discovery via a sidelink comprising the PC5 communication interface
[0026] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, a Proximity Services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE may be bypassed.
[0027] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the mode for monitoring communication resources may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality and the method, apparatuses, and non- transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology.
[0028] A method for wireless communications at a UE is described. The method may include receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE. The method may also include broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
[0029] An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include a processor and memory coupled to the processor. The processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to receive an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE. The processor and memory may also be configured broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
[0030] Another apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE. The apparatus may also include means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
[0031] A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
[0032] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, generating, by the UE, a plurality of second codes that may be each associated with the identity of the UE, where the plurality of second codes may be randomly generated and may be each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE and updating the broadcast to include, one at a time, a code of the plurality of second codes.
[0033] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a network, the code based on receiving the indicator.
[0034] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, generating, by the UE, the code based on receiving the indicator.
[0035] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining a set of biometric data associated with a user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and the set of biometric data based on the set of biometric data indicating an infectious disease.
[0036] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for a user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
[0037] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal including the code, where the code may be broadcasted in accordance with the power level.
[0038] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, where the code may be broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
[0039] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the code may be broadcasted based on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that may have a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
[0040] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the code may be broadcasted based on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold.
[0041] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a network, a system information message including the indicator for activating the mode and configuring the mode based on the indicator.
[0042] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network, receiving a response to the request, the response including the indicator for activating the mode, and configuring the mode based on the indicator. [0043] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the network may be a visited network for the UE when the UE may be roaming.
[0044] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for establishing a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
[0045] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for constructing an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, transmitting, to the network, the address of the access point, and establishing a data connection with the network that uses the access point.
[0046] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for constructing a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
[0047] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the data connection may be a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity may be a Proximity Services network entity.
[0048] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the mode for monitoring communication resources may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality and the method, apparatuses, and non- transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0049] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the mode for broadcasting codes may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the code may be broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface. [0050] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the mode for broadcasting codes may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the code may be broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
[0051] A method for wireless communications at a network is described. The method may include transmitting, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs. The method may also include receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0052] An apparatus for wireless communications at a network is described. The apparatus may include a processor and memory coupled to the processor. The processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to transmit, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs. The processor and memory may also be configured to cause the apparatus to receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0053] Another apparatus for wireless communications at a network is described. The apparatus may include means for transmitting, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs. The apparatus may include means for receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0054] A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a network is described. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to transmit, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs. The code may also include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0055] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for identifying prior locations of the UEs based on the functionality being enabled, where the indication may be transmitted to the one or more UEs based on prior locations of the one or more UEs.
[0056] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the prior locations of the one or more UEs may be within a geographic region that may have a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
[0057] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, transmitting the indication may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0058] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality may be activated, where the request includes an indication of a prior location of the second UE, where transmitting the indication includes and transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0059] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the network may be a visited network for the second UE.
[0060] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for establishing a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
[0061] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where an address of the access point may be constructed at the second UE.
[0062] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address may be constructed at the second UE.
[0063] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the data connection may be a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity may be a Proximity Services network entity.
[0064] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the second UE, a message that includes a web address, obtaining, by the network entity, an internet protocol address of the second UE based on the web address, matching, by the network entity, the internet protocol address with a mobile subscription identifier of the second UE, and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on a match between the internet protocol address and the mobile subscription identifier.
[0065] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the response to the request to register with the network includes a passcode and the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the passcode.
[0066] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the authentication credentials.
[0067] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0068] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, transmitting the indication may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indicator to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based on a set of biometric data of a user of the second UE exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode.
[0069] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, transmitting the indication may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a system information message including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0070] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality may be activated, where transmitting the indication includes and transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0071] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a filtering function, where the first UE may be limited to cataloguing codes that may be associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
[0072] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the functionality may be associated with a Proximity Services functionality and the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium may include further operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
[0073] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication that a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs may be associated with a user that may have been diagnosed with an infectious disease, identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE, comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based on the identifying, and determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
[0074] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a message including an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
[0075] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal including a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE, where the power level may be associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE may be detectable by a set of UEs in proximity to the second UE.
[0076] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving a second indication of a plurality of power levels of a plurality of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of signals including the plurality of codes that may be associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs and determining a plurality of historical distances between the first UE and the at least one UE of the one or more UEs based on the plurality of power levels.
[0077] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
[0078] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for activating the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters between the UEs served by the network based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0079] A method of wireless communications at a UE is described. The method may include configuring a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The method may include receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs. The method may include storing the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured, and reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
[0080] An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include a processor, and memory coupled to the processor. The processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The processor and memory may be further configured to receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs. The processor and memory may be further configured to store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured, and report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
[0081] Another apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include means for configuring a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The apparatus may include means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs. The apparatus may include means for storing the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured, and reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
[0082] A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured, and report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
[0083] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the reporting further may include operations, features, means, or instructions for reporting a message that includes the plurality of codes, a set of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
[0084] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, storing the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for sorting the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer, and reporting the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for reporting the plurality of codes based on the expiration of the timer.
[0085] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, reporting the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for reporting the plurality of codes based on a quantity of the plurality of codes stored by the UE reaching a threshold.
[0086] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the plurality of codes may be stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
[0087] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a filtering function, where the UE may be limited to storing codes that may be associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function. [0088] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0089] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the indication may be included in a preamble of the message.
[0090] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE.
[0091] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate.
[0092] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for determining a distance between the UE and the first UE based on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal including the first code.
[0093] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, receiving the plurality of codes may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that may be associated with an identity of the first UE, where the UE may be unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
[0094] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a message including an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that may have been associated with a user that may have been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
[0095] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the network, a system information message including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode may be configured based on the indicator.
[0096] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the network, a request to register with the network, and receiving a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode may be configured based on the indicator.
[0097] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the proximity services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0098] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, where the plurality of codes may be reported via a PC3 communication interface.
[0099] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the monitoring comprises performing D2D discovery via a sidelink comprising the PC5 communication interface
[0100] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, a proximity services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE may be bypassed.
[0101] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology. [0102] A method of wireless communications at a UE is described. The method may include configuring a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE. The method may include broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
[0103] An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include a processor and memory coupled to the processor. The processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE. The processor and memory may be configured to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
[0104] Another apparatus for wireless communications at a UE is described. The apparatus may include means for configuring a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE. The apparatus may include means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
[0105] A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE is described. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
[0106] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a network, the code based on configuring the mode.
[0107] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for generating, by the UE, the code based on configuring the mode. [0108] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for generating, by the UE, a set of second codes that may be each associated with the identity of the UE, where the set of second codes may be randomly generated and may be each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE, and updating the broadcast to include, one at a time, a different code of the set of second codes.
[0109] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining a set of biometric data for the user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and the set of biometric data.
[0110] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for the user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
[0111] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal including the code, where the code may be broadcasted in accordance with the power level.
[0112] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, where the code may be broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
[0113] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the code may be broadcasted based on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that may have a confirmed case or a presumed case of the infectious disease.
[0114] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the code may be broadcasted based on a set of biometric data of the user exceeding a threshold. [0115] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a network, a system information message including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode may be configured based on the indicator.
[0116] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network, and receiving a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode may be configured based on the indicator.
[0117] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the network may be a visited network for the UE when the UE may be roaming.
[0118] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for establishing a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
[0119] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for constructing an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, transmitting, to the network, the address of the access point, and establishing a data connection with the network that uses the access point.
[0120] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for constructing a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
[0121] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the data connection may be a proximity services data connection and the network entity may be a proximity services network entity. [0122] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the proximity services functionality based on an outbreak of the infectious disease.
[0123] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the mode for broadcasting codes may be associated with a proximity services functionality, and where the code may be broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface.
[0124] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the mode for broadcasting codes may be associated with a proximity services functionality, and where the code may be broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
[0125] A method of wireless communications at a network is described. The method may include activating a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network. The method may include configuring, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs. The method may include configuring, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs of the UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs. The method may include receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0126] An apparatus for wireless communications at a network is described. The apparatus may include a processor and memory coupled to the processor. The processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network, configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs. The processor and memory may be configured to configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs of the UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs. The processor and memory may be configured to receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0127] Another apparatus for wireless communications at a network is described. The apparatus may include means for activating a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network. The apparatus may include means for configuring, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs. The apparatus may include means for configuring, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs of the UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs. The apparatus may include means for receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0128] A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a network is described. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs of the UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs. The code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0129] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0130] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for identifying prior locations of the UEs based on the functionality being enabled, where the one or more UEs may be configured in the second mode based on prior locations of the one or more UEs.
[0131] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the prior locations of the one or more UEs may be within a geographic region that may have a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
[0132] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indication to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode.
[0133] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, configuring the one or more UEs in the second mode may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0134] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality may be activated, where the request includes an indication of a prior location of the second UE, where configuring the one or more UEs in the second mode includes, and transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0135] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the network may be a visited network for the second UE.
[0136] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for establishing a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters. [0137] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where an address of the access point may be constructed at the second UE.
[0138] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address may be constructed at the second UE.
[0139] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the data connection may be a proximity services data connection and the network entity may be a proximity services network entity.
[0140] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the second UE, a message that includes a web address, obtaining, by the network entity, an internet protocol address of the second UE based on the web address, matching, by the network entity, the internet protocol address with a mobile subscription identifier of the second UE, and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on a match between the internet protocol address and the mobile subscription identifier.
[0141] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the response to the request to register with the network may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE, and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the passcode.
[0142] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE, and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the authentication credentials.
[0143] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, configuring the UEs in the first mode may include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a system information message including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0144] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality may be activated, where configuring the UEs in the first mode includes, and transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0145] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a filtering function, where the first UE may be limited to cataloguing codes that may be associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
[0146] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
[0147] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving an indication that a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs may be associated with a user that may have been diagnosed with an infectious disease, identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE, comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based on the identifying, and determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
[0148] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to the first UE, a message including an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE. [0149] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for transmitting, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal including a code that may be associated with an identity of the second UE, where the power level may be associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE may be detectable by neighboring UEs.
[0150] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving a second indication of a set of power levels of a set of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the set of signals including the plurality of codes that may be associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, and determining a set of historical distances between the first UE and the at least one UE of the one or more UEs based on the set of power levels.
[0151] Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for obtaining, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
[0152] In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer- readable medium described herein, the functionality may be activated based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0153] FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a system for wireless communications that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0154] FIG. 2 illustrates aspects of a wireless communications subsystem that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0155] FIG. 3 illustrates aspects of a network architecture that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. [0156] FIG. 4 illustrates aspects of a process of contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0157] FIG. 5 illustrates aspects of a process for contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. [0158] FIG. 6 illustrates aspects of a discovery message configuration that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0159] FIG. 7 illustrates aspects of a bulk reporting configuration that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0160] FIGs. 8 and 9 show block diagrams of devices that support contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0161] FIG. 10 shows a block diagram of a communications manager that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0162] FIG. 11 shows a diagram of a system including a device that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0163] FIGs. 12 and 13 show block diagrams of devices that support contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0164] FIG. 14 shows a block diagram of a communications manager that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0165] FIG. 15 shows a diagram of a system including a device that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0166] FIGs. 16 through 21 show flowcharts illustrating methods that support contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0167] A communications system may provide a service that enables a device to broadcast signals to and receive signals from other devices located within a proximity of the device. This service may be referred to as a “proximity service.” The broadcast signals may include codes that are issued by a network entity. A device that extracts a code from a signal broadcasted from another device may send the extracted code to a network entity — e.g., because the device may be unable to process the code without assistance. The network entity may then return information to the device about the device that broadcasted the signal. Also, an ability to autonomously track locations of persons that reside in and pass through a geographic region may be instrumental in understanding and impeding the spread of infectious diseases e.g., by retracing past steps of a positively diagnosed person, others that may have been exposed to the diagnosed person during a contagious period may be identified and alerted to take curative action. The processes of retracing a diagnosed persons steps may be referred to as “contact tracing.”
[0168] But autonomously tracking the location of persons that reside in and pass through a geographic region may raise policy issues, legal concerns, and implementation challenges. That is, autonomously and continuously tracking movements of a population may reveal sensitive information about one or more individuals. Mandating the use of a service that autonomously tracks the location of people may be illegal under certain governing bodies. Privacy and legal concerns aside, achieving ubiquitous user adoption of a location tracking system may be difficult regardless of whether use of the tracking service is mandated or voluntary — because a majority of the population may need to own a device that supports a deployed tracking service and/or personally download the tracking service. Also, an autonomous and continuous tracking service may generate excessive amounts of data that may exceed processing capabilities.
[0169] To support the autonomous tracking of persons within a region while protecting privacy, honoring legal standards, obtaining ubiquitous adoption of the tracking service, and limiting an amount of generated data, an emergency function of a communications system may be established and used to track close contacts between devices in an emergency scenario. New and modified network architectures, communication protocols, signaling mechanisms, and signaling exchanges that support the emergency function may also be established. In some examples, once an emergency declaration has been made, otherwise unauthorized access to a proximity-based service (e g., a ProSe functionality) provided by a communications system may be allowed so that connected devices may broadcast signals to and/or monitor for signals broadcasted from nearby devices. The broadcasted signals may include codes that protect the privacy of the broadcasting device — e.g., neither the monitoring device nor a network entity that supports proximity-based services may be able to determine an identity of the broadcasting device without outside assistance.
[0170] While protecting privacy during proximity-based operations, these codes may be linkable to a device after a user is identified — e.g., by investigating a memory of the device. In some examples, a user is identified after being diagnosed with an infectious disease. That is, a device that receives broadcasted codes may provide the received codes to the network entity. After a user is identified, one or more codes may be linked to the device of the identified user and compared with the codes stored by the network entity for other devices. The network entity may identify a set of the other devices that came into close contact with the identified user.
[0171] By using a proximity-based service provided by a communications system to implement a contact tracing application, user privacy may be protected — e.g., by preventing real-time location tracking of devices. Also, by using the proximity-based service, legal concerns may be addressed e.g., by minimizing the intrusion on privacy to a legally acceptable level. And, by using the proximity-based service, widespread adoption of a tracking service may be attained — e.g., by introducing a contact tracing application into a communications system that a majority of a population already uses (e.g., a 3 GPP system) and supports easy activation of the contact tracing application for all users with minimal to no involvement of the users. Accordingly, a proximity-based service of a communications system may be autonomously used for tracing the contacts of connected users while protecting user privacy.
[0172] Aspects of the disclosure are initially described in the context of wireless communications systems. Specific examples are then described of exemplary sequences of operations and message configurations for contact tracing using a wireless network. Aspects of the disclosure are further illustrated by and described with reference to apparatus diagrams, system diagrams, and flowcharts that relate to contact tracing using a wireless network.
[0173] FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system 100 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The wireless communications system 100 may include one or more base stations 105, one or more UEs 115, and a core network 130. In some examples, the wireless communications system 100 may be an LTE network, an LTE-A network, an LTE-A Pro network, or an NR network. In some examples, the wireless communications system 100 may support enhanced broadband communications, ultra-reliable (e.g., mission critical) communications, low latency communications, communications with low-cost and low- complexity devices, or any combination thereof.
[0174] The base stations 105 may be dispersed throughout a geographic area to form the wireless communications system 100 and may be devices in different forms or having different capabilities. The base stations 105 and the UEs 115 may wirelessly communicate via one or more communication links 125. Each base station 105 may provide a coverage area 110 over which the UEs 115 and the base station 105 may establish one or more communication links 125. The coverage area 110 may be an example of a geographic area over which a base station 105 and a UE 115 may support the communication of signals according to one or more radio access technologies.
[0175] The UEs 115 may be dispersed throughout a coverage area 110 of the wireless communications system 100, and each UE 115 may be stationary, or mobile, or both at different times. The UEs 115 may be devices in different forms or having different capabilities. Some example UEs 115 are illustrated in FIG. 1. The UEs 115 described herein may be able to communicate with various types of devices, such as other UEs 115, the base stations 105, or network equipment (e.g., core network nodes, relay devices, integrated access and backhaul (IAB) nodes, or other network equipment), as shown in FIG. 1.
[0176] The base stations 105 may communicate with the core network 130, or with one another, or both. For example, the base stations 105 may interface with the core network 130 through one or more backhaul links 120 (e.g., via an SI, N2, N3, or another interface). The base stations 105 may communicate with one another over the backhaul links 120 (e.g., via an X2, Xn, or other interface) either directly (e.g., directly between base stations 105), or indirectly (e.g., via core network 130), or both. In some examples, the backhaul links 120 may be or include one or more wireless links. A UE 115 may communicate with the core network 130 through a communication link 155.
[0177] One or more of the base stations 105 described herein may include or may be referred to by a person having ordinary skill in the art as a base transceiver station, a radio base station, an access point, a radio transceiver, a NodeB, an eNodeB (eNB), a next- generation NodeB or a giga-NodeB (either of which may be referred to as a gNB), a Home NodeB, a Home eNodeB, or other suitable terminology.
[0178] A UE 115 may include or may be referred to as a mobile device, a wireless device, a remote device, a handheld device, or a subscriber device, or some other suitable terminology, where the “device” may also be referred to as a unit, a station, a terminal, or a client, among other examples. A UE 115 may also include or may be referred to as a personal electronic device such as a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a tablet computer, a laptop computer, or a personal computer. In some examples, a UE 115 may include or be referred to as a wireless local loop (WLL) station, an Internet of Things (IoT) device, an Internet of Everything (IoE) device, or a machine type communications (MTC) device, among other examples, which may be implemented in various objects such as appliances, or vehicles, meters, among other examples.
[0179] The UEs 115 described herein may be able to communicate with various types of devices, such as other UEs 115 that may sometimes act as relays as well as the base stations 105 and the network equipment including macro eNBs or gNBs, small cell eNBs or gNBs, or relay base stations, among other examples, as shown in FIG. 1.
[0180] The UEs 115 and the base stations 105 may wirelessly communicate with one another via one or more communication links 125 over one or more carriers. The term “carrier” may refer to a set of radio frequency spectrum resources having a defined physical layer structure for supporting the communication links 125. For example, a carrier used for a communication link 125 may include a portion of a radio frequency spectrum band (e.g., a bandwidth part (BWP)) that is operated according to one or more physical layer channels for a given radio access technology (e.g., LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, NR). Each physical layer channel may carry acquisition signaling (e.g., synchronization signals, system information), control signaling that coordinates operation for the carrier, user data, or other signaling. The wireless communications system 100 may support communication with a UE 115 using carrier aggregation or multi-carrier operation. A UE 115 may be configured with multiple downlink component carriers and one or more uplink component carriers according to a carrier aggregation configuration. Carrier aggregation may be used with both frequency division duplexing (FDD) and time division duplexing (TDD) component carriers. [0181] Signal waveforms transmitted over a carrier may be made up of multiple subcarriers (e.g., using multi-carrier modulation (MCM) techniques such as orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) or discrete Fourier transform spread OFDM (DFT- S-OFDM)). In a system employing MCM techniques, a resource element may consist of one symbol period (e.g., a duration of one modulation symbol) and one subcarrier, where the symbol period and subcarrier spacing are inversely related. The number of bits carried by each resource element may depend on the modulation scheme (e.g., the order of the modulation scheme, the coding rate of the modulation scheme, or both). Thus, the more resource elements that a UE 115 receives and the higher the order of the modulation scheme, the higher the data rate may be for the UE 115. A wireless communications resource may refer to a combination of a radio frequency spectrum resource, a time resource, and a spatial resource (e.g., spatial layers or beams), and the use of multiple spatial layers may further increase the data rate or data integrity for communications with a UE 115.
[0182] The time intervals for the base stations 105 or the UEs 115 may be expressed in multiples of a basic time unit which may, for example, refer to a sampling period of Ts — l/(Afmax Nf) seconds, where D fmax may represent the maximum supported subcarrier spacing, and Nf may represent the maximum supported discrete Fourier transform (DFT) size. Time intervals of a communications resource may be organized according to radio frames each having a specified duration (e.g., 10 milliseconds (ms)). Each radio frame may be identified by a system frame number (SFN) (e.g., ranging from 0 to 1023).
[0183] Each frame may include multiple consecutively numbered subframes or slots, and each subframe or slot may have the same duration. In some examples, a frame may be divided (e.g., in the time domain) into subframes, and each subframe may be further divided into a number of slots. Alternatively, each frame may include a variable number of slots, and the number of slots may depend on subcarrier spacing. Each slot may include a number of symbol periods (e.g., depending on the length of the cyclic prefix prepended to each symbol period). In some wireless communications systems 100, a slot may further be divided into multiple mini-slots containing one or more symbols. Excluding the cyclic prefix, each symbol period may contain one or more (e.g., Nf) sampling periods. The duration of a symbol period may depend on the subcarrier spacing or frequency band of operation.
[0184] A subframe, a slot, a mini-slot, or a symbol may be the smallest scheduling unit (e.g., in the time domain) of the wireless communications system 100 and may be referred to as a transmission time interval (TTI). In some examples, the TTI duration (e.g., the number of symbol periods in a TTI) may be variable. Additionally, or alternatively, the smallest scheduling unit of the wireless communications system 100 may be dynamically selected (e.g., in bursts of shortened TTIs (sTTIs)).
[0185] Physical channels may be multiplexed on a carrier according to various techniques. A physical control channel and a physical data channel may be multiplexed on a downlink carrier, for example, using one or more of time division multiplexing (TDM) techniques, frequency division multiplexing (FDM) techniques, or hybrid TDM-FDM techniques. A control region (e.g., a control resource set (CORESET)) for a physical control channel may be defined by a number of symbol periods and may extend across the system bandwidth or a subset of the system bandwidth of the carrier. One or more control regions (e.g., CORESETs) may be configured for a set of the UEs 115. For example, one or more of the UEs 115 may monitor or search control regions for control information according to one or more search space sets, and each search space set may include one or multiple control channel candidates in one or more aggregation levels arranged in a cascaded manner. An aggregation level for a control channel candidate may refer to a number of control channel resources (e.g., control channel elements (CCEs)) associated with encoded information for a control information format having a given payload size. Search space sets may include common search space sets configured for sending control information to multiple UEs 115 and UE-specific search space sets for sending control information to a specific UE 115.
[0186] In some examples, a base station 105 may be movable and therefore provide communication coverage for a moving geographic coverage area 110. In some examples, different geographic coverage areas 110 associated with different technologies may overlap, but the different geographic coverage areas 110 may be supported by the same base station 105. In other examples, the overlapping geographic coverage areas 110 associated with different technologies may be supported by different base stations 105. The wireless communications system 100 may include, for example, a heterogeneous network in which different types of the base stations 105 provide coverage for various geographic coverage areas 110 using the same or different radio access technologies.
[0187] The wireless communications system 100 may be configured to support ultra reliable communications or low-latency communications, or various combinations thereof.
For example, the wireless communications system 100 may be configured to support ultra- reliable low-latency communications (URLLC) or mission critical communications. The UEs 115 may be designed to support ultra-reliable, low-latency, or critical functions (e.g., mission critical functions). Ultra-reliable communications may include private communication or group communication and may be supported by one or more mission critical services such as mission critical push-to-talk (MCPTT), mission critical video (MCVideo), or mission critical data (MCData). Support for mission critical functions may include prioritization of services, and mission critical services may be used for public safety or commercial applications. The terms ultra-reliable, low-latency, mission critical, and ultra-reliable low-latency may be used interchangeably herein.
[0188] In some examples, a UE 115 may also be able to communicate directly with other UEs 115 over a device-to-device (D2D) communication link 135 (e.g., using a peer-to-peer (P2P) or D2D protocol). One or more UEs 115 utilizing D2D communications may be within the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 105. Other UEs 115 in such a group may be outside the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 105 or be otherwise unable to receive transmissions from a base station 105. In some examples, groups of the UEs 115 communicating via D2D communications may utilize a one-to-many (1 :M) system in which each UE 115 transmits to every other UE 115 in the group. In some examples, a base station 105 facilitates the scheduling of resources for D2D communications. In other cases, D2D communications are carried out between the UEs 115 without the involvement of a base station 105.
[0189] The core network 130 may provide user authentication, access authorization, tracking, Internet Protocol (IP) connectivity, and other access, routing, or mobility functions. The core network 130 may be an evolved packet core (EPC) or 5G core (5GC), which may include at least one control plane entity that manages access and mobility (e.g., a mobility management entity (MME), an access and mobility management function (AMF)) and at least one user plane entity that routes packets or interconnects to external networks (e.g., a serving gateway (S-GW), a Packet Data Network (PDN) gateway (P-GW), or a user plane function (UPF)). The control plane entity may manage non-access stratum (NAS) functions such as mobility, authentication, and bearer management for the UEs 115 served by the base stations 105 associated with the core network 130. User IP packets may be transferred through the user plane entity, which may provide IP address allocation as well as other functions. The user plane entity may be connected to the network operators IP services 150. The operators IP services 150 may include access to the Internet, Intranet(s), an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS), or a Packet- Switched Streaming Service.
[0190] Some of the network devices, such as a base station 105, may include subcomponents such as an access network entity 140, which may be an example of an access node controller (ANC). Each access network entity 140 may communicate with the UEs 115 through one or more other access network transmission entities 145, which may be referred to as radio heads, smart radio heads, or transmission/reception points (TRPs). Each access network transmission entity 145 may include one or more antenna panels. In some configurations, various functions of each access network entity 140 or base station 105 may be distributed across various network devices (e.g., radio heads and ANCs) or consolidated into a single network device (e.g., a base station 105).
[0191] The wireless communications system 100 may operate using one or more frequency bands — e.g., in the range of 300 megahertz (MHz) to 300 gigahertz (GHz). The region from 300 MHz to 3 GHz may be known as the ultra-high frequency (UHF) region or decimeter band because the wavelengths range from approximately one decimeter to one meter in length. The UHF waves may be blocked or redirected by buildings and environmental features, but the waves may penetrate structures sufficiently for a macro cell to provide service to the UEs 115 located indoors. The transmission of UHF waves may be associated with smaller antennas and shorter ranges (e.g., less than 100 kilometers) compared to transmission using the smaller frequencies and longer waves of the high frequency (HF) or very high frequency (VHF) portion of the spectrum below 300 MHz.
[0192] The electromagnetic spectrum is often subdivided, based on frequency/wavelength, into various classes, bands, channels, etc. In 5GNRtwo initial operating bands have been identified as frequency range designations FR1 (410 MHz - 7.125 GHz) and FR2 (24.25 GHz - 52.6 GHz). It should be understood that although a portion of FR1 is greater than 6 GHz, FR1 is often referred to (interchangeably) as a “Sub-6 GHz” band in various documents and articles. A similar nomenclature issue sometimes occurs with regard to FR2, which is often referred to (interchangeably) as a “millimeter wave” band in documents and articles, despite being different from the extremely high frequency (EHF) band (30 GHz - 300 GHz) which is identified by the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) as a “millimeter wave” band. [0193] The frequencies between FR1 and FR2 are often referred to as mid-band frequencies. Recent 5G NR studies have identified an operating band for these mid-band frequencies as frequency range designation FR3 (7.125 GHz - 24.25 GHz). Frequency bands falling within FR3 may inherit FR1 characteristics and/or FR2 characteristics, and thus may effectively extend features of FR1 and/or FR2 into mid-band frequencies. In addition, higher frequency bands are currently being explored to extend 5G R operation beyond 52.6 GHz. For example, three higher operating bands have been identified as frequency range designations FR4a or FR4-1 (52.6 GHz - 71 GHz), FR4 (52.6 GHz - 114.25 GHz), and FR5 (114.25 GHz - 300 GHz). Each of these higher frequency bands falls within the EHF band.
[0194] With the above aspects in mind, unless specifically stated otherwise, it should be understood that the term “sub-6 GHz” or the like if used herein may broadly represent frequencies that may be less than 6 GHz, may be within FR1, or may include mid-band frequencies. Further, unless specifically stated otherwise, it should be understood that the term “millimeter wave” or the like if used herein may broadly represent frequencies that may include mid-band frequencies, may be within FR2, FR4, FR4-a or FR4-1, and/or FR5, or may be within the EHF band.
[0195] The wireless communications system 100 may utilize both licensed and unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands. For example, the wireless communications system 100 may employ License Assisted Access (LAA), LTE-Unlicensed (LTE-U) radio access technology, or NR technology in an unlicensed band such as the 5 GHz industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) band. When operating in unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands, devices such as the base stations 105 and the UEs 115 may employ carrier sensing for collision detection and avoidance. In some examples, operations in unlicensed bands may be based on a carrier aggregation configuration in conjunction with component carriers operating in a licensed band (e.g., LAA). Operations in unlicensed spectrum may include downlink transmissions, uplink transmissions, P2P transmissions, or D2D transmissions, among other examples.
[0196] A base station 105 or a UE 115 may be equipped with multiple antennas, which may be used to employ techniques such as transmit diversity, receive diversity, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communications, or beamforming. The antennas of a base station 105 or a UE 115 may be located within one or more antenna arrays or antenna panels, which may support MIMO operations or transmit or receive beamforming. For example, one or more base station antennas or antenna arrays may be co-located at an antenna assembly, such as an antenna tower. In some examples, antennas or antenna arrays associated with a base station 105 may be located in diverse geographic locations. Abase station 105 may have an antenna array with a number of rows and columns of antenna ports that the base station 105 may use to support beamforming of communications with a UE 115. Likewise, a UE 115 may have one or more antenna arrays that may support various MIMO or beamforming operations. Additionally, or alternatively, an antenna panel may support radio frequency beamforming for a signal transmitted via an antenna port.
[0197] Beamforming, which may also be referred to as spatial filtering, directional transmission, or directional reception, is a signal processing technique that may be used at a transmitting device or a receiving device (e.g., a base station 105, a UE 115) to shape or steer an antenna beam (e.g., a transmit beam, a receive beam) along a spatial path between the transmitting device and the receiving device. Beamforming may be achieved by combining the signals communicated via antenna elements of an antenna array such that some signals propagating at particular orientations with respect to an antenna array experience constructive interference while others experience destructive interference. The adjustment of signals communicated via the antenna elements may include a transmitting device or a receiving device applying amplitude offsets, phase offsets, or both to signals carried via the antenna elements associated with the device. The adjustments associated with each of the antenna elements may be defined by a beamforming weight set associated with a particular orientation (e.g., with respect to the antenna array of the transmitting device or receiving device, or with respect to some other orientation).
[0198] A wireless communications system 100 may include a home network, one or more visited networks, and one or more local networks. In relation to a UE 115, a home network may be a wireless network that is operated by an operator that issued and/or stores subscription information for the UE 115. A visited network may be a wireless network that is operated by another operator that did not issue and/or does not store subscription information for the UE 115. Both the home and visited networks may be used to serve (e.g., provide services to) a UE 115. When the visited network is being used to serve a UE 115, the UE 115 may be referred to as “roaming.” A local network may be a wireless network that is not being used to serve a UE 115, but a wireless network on which an operator of a home network has authorized the UE 115 to use communication resources to perform permitted functions — e.g., to monitor for messages broadcast from other UEs 115. [0199] A wireless communications system 100 may be used to provide multiple services to UEs 115, including voice services, short message services, data services, push-to-talk services, direct communication services, emergency services, and the like. Before providing a UE 115 access to a service provided by a wireless network in a wireless communications system 100, a UE 115 may perform a process for registering with a wireless network of an operator to determine which services supported by the wireless network the UE 115 is authorized to access (if any). In some cases, the process for registering with a wireless network may be referred to as an attach procedure (e g., for a legacy radio access technology, such as 4G or LTE) or an initial registration procedure (e.g., for a nascent radio access technology, such as 5G or NR). In some cases, a set of operations used to execute the attach procedure are different than a set of operations used to execute an initial registration procedure — though at least some of the same or similar operations may be performed in both the attach and initial registration procedures. For some services offered by a wireless network, an operator refuses a UE 115 access to a service unless the UE 115 has a subscription with the operator for that service (e.g., voice, short message, or data services). For other services offered by a wireless network, an operator may give a UE 115 access to a service regardless of whether the UE 115 has any subscription with the operator (e.g., emergency services).
[0200] After a process for registering with a wireless network is performed, a data connection (e.g., a PDN connection for a legacy radio access technology or a protocol data unit (PDU) session for a nascent radio access technology) may be established between the UE 115 and a data network via the wireless network. For a legacy radio access technology, the data connection may be established based on a successful completion of the attach procedure — e.g., using information obtained during the attach procedure. For a nascent radio access technology, a separate procedure from an initial registration procedure may be performed to establish the data connection after a successful completion of the initial registration procedure. The separate procedure may be referred to as a PDU session establishment procedure.
[0201] In some cases, the established data connection establishes a communication path between a UE 115 and a requested data network and/or network entity that supports requested services. To establish a data connection with network entit(ies) that support a requested service, a UE 115 may provide the wireless network with an address of an access point (which may be referred to as an access point name (APN)) that is used to access the network entit(ies). In some cases, the UE may also use a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of a requested network entity to send and receive communications with the requested network entity via the corresponding access point.
[0202] In some cases, a UE 115 may register with and establish a data connection with a visited network. In some cases, the visited network routes the data connection via the home network (e.g., using a data gateway operated by the home network). Such a configuration may be referred to as a home-routed access configuration. In other cases, the visited network routes the data connection itself (e.g., using a data gateway operated by the visited network). Such a configuration may be referred to as a local breakout access configuration. In both cases, the visited network may be referred to as the serving network for the UE 115.
[0203] A wireless communications system 100 may provide a service that supports direct communications between UEs 115, which may be referred to as a D2D service. A D2D service may include, or be supported by, a proximity service. A proximity service may enable UEs 115 to broadcast information associated with the UEs 115 (e.g., capabilities of the UE 115, services provided by a user of the UE 115, etc.) to nearby UEs 115. In some examples, a proximity service is used to support D2D communications between UEs 115 by allowing UEs 115 to discover nearby UEs 115 that have a subscription for performing D2D communications, using a process that may be referred to as a discovery process. A wireless communications system 100 may establish an infrastructure for supporting a proximity service that includes network components, communication interfaces, and communication protocols that support the proximity service. For example, the wireless communications system 100 may include a network entity that is used to authorize UEs 115 to use a proximity service — which may be referred to as a Proximity Services (or “ProSe”) Function. The network entity may also be used to manage and process proximity service signaling exchanged between UEs 115. Also, the wireless communications system 100 may include a communication interface (e.g., which may be referred to as a PC3 interface) used to transport proximity service signaling between a UE 115 and the network entity. Another communication interface (e.g., which may be referred to as a PC5 interface) may be used to transport signaling between UEs 115. Additionally, the wireless communications system may adopt a communication protocol that may include three operations: (1) an authorization procedure; (2) a discovery procedure; and (3) a matching procedure. [0204] Before performing an authorization procedure, a data connection may be established between a UE 115 and a network entity that supports a proximity service (e.g., a ProSe Function). The network entity may be located in a home network for the UE 115. In some examples, to establish a data connection with the network entity, the UE 115 may provide an address of an access point that is used to access the network entity. In other examples, to establish a data connection with the network entity, the wireless network provides the UE 115 with an address of an access point that is used to access the network entity — e.g., at an end of a process for registering with the network entity after determining that the UE 115 has a subscription to use proximity services. The UE 115 may use the generated or provided address of the access point to establish a data connection to the network entity. When the UE 115 is served by a visited network, the UE 115 may access proximity services by establishing a data connection to the network entity in the home network using a home-routed access configuration. After a data connection is established between the UE 115 and the network entity, the network entity may perform security procedures. After the security procedures are successfully completed, the network entity may allow data to be communicated between the UE 115 and the network entity.
[0205] After the data connection is established between the UE 115 and network entity, an authorization procedure between the UE 115 and network entity may be performed in response to a request from the UE 115 to access a proximity service via the network entity.
As part of the authorization procedure, the network entity may determine one or more wireless networks (e.g., the home public land mobile network (PLMN) and one or more visited and/or local PLMNs) on which the UE 115 is permitted to execute a discovery procedure. In making this determination, the network entity may interface with similar network entities in visited and local networks and authorize the UE 115 to execute discovery procedures in permitted local and visited networks. In some cases, the signaling sent between the UE 115, the network entity, other network entities, or any combination thereof, to support the authorization procedure is communicated using a PC3 interface.
[0206] After the authorization procedure is complete, a discovery procedure may be performed by the requesting UE 115 and other UEs 115 that have been authorized to use a proximity service. The discovery procedure may include the broadcasting of discovery messages and/or monitoring of communication resources for discovery messages. In some examples, as part of a discovery procedure, a UE 115 (which may be referred to as an “Announcing UE”) that requests access to a proximity service may include a request to announce its presence to other UEs 115. After being authorized by the network entity to perform proximity service procedures, the UE 115 may receive a code (or “ProSe code”) from the network entity — e.g., in an authorization accept message. In some cases, the code may be unique to the UE 115 and used by the network entity to identify the UE 115 in subsequent operations performed by the network entity — e.g., during a match procedure.
The code may include information about the UE 115 (e.g., metadata, which may include capability information, commercial-related information, emergency-related information, etc.). In some cases, other UEs 115 may be able to receive the code but unable to process the code (e.g., extract information from the code) without assistance from the network entity. After obtaining the code, the UE 115 may begin broadcasting messages (which may be referred to as “discovery messages”) that include the code. In some cases, a broadcasted message may be detectable by other UEs 115 that are located within a geographic region surrounding the UE 115 e.g., within 10 meters of the UE 115.
[0207] In some examples, as part of a discovery procedure, a UE 115 (which may be referred to as a “Monitoring UE”) that requests access to a proximity service may include a request to monitor authorized communication resources for the presence of other UEs 115. The request may further include an indication of a type of discovery message the UE 115 is requesting to monitor for — e.g., the UE 115 may be monitoring for other UEs 115 that support D2D communications. After being authorized by the network entity to perform proximity service procedures, the UE 115 may receive a filter (which may be referred to as a “discovery filter”) that causes the UE 115 to only receive discovery messages that are associated with the indicated type of discovery message — that is, the discovery filter may cause the UE 115 to ignore other types of discovery messages received at the UE 115. In some cases, an Announcing UE 115 announces and a Monitoring UE 115 monitors for discovery messages using aPC5 interface.
[0208] A UE 115 that receives a discovery message during a discovery procedure, may trigger the execution of a matching procedure. A matching procedure may include processing, using a network entity that supports a proximity service, one or more codes received at a Monitoring UE 115 to determine information about the corresponding Announcing UE 115. In some examples, a Monitoring UE 115 may transmit a code received in a discovery message from an Announcing UE 115 to the network entity. The network entity may process the code to verify that the code is valid — e.g., previously issued by the network entity or another network entity in a different wireless network. In some cases, the network entity may send the code to other network entities located in a visited or local network to verify the code — e.g., if a network entity in a visited or local network issued the code. After verifying that the received code is valid, the network entity may send information associated with the Announcing UE 115 to the Monitoring UE 115. In some cases, the signaling sent between the UE 115, the network entity, other network entities, or any combination thereof, to support the matching procedure is communicated using the PC3 interface.
[0209] Today, people are more connected than ever as travel -related impediments have been all but eliminated. While unlocking great potential and offering unprecedented opportunities, this freedom to travel has greatly facilitated the spread of disease and has resulted in the declaration of multiple pandemics (e.g., the COVID-19 pandemic, the H1N1 pandemic, etc.). An effective measure for slowing the spread of infectious includes tracking a location of each person that lives in, enters, and/or exits a geographic region (e.g., a country). That way, if a person is diagnosed with an infectious disease, a health agency may review all of the previous areas visited by the person and identify other persons that visited that area while at risk of being infected — e.g., based on timing, means of disease transmission, etc. The exercise of identifying historical interactions between persons and an infected person (e.g., physical contacts, close contacts, and/or transferred contacts caused by touching the same objects) may be referred to as contact tracing. In some cases, contact tracing may be performed using rudimentary means that involve interviewing the infected person and broadcasting the locations using available media sources (e.g., radio, print, television, etc.). Additionally, or alternatively, contact tracing may be performed using more advanced means that involve using a software application that autonomously tracks the location of all persons that reside in, enter, or exit a geographic region and autonomously identifies all persons that came into contact with an infected person based on the collected historical location information. Autonomously tracking of the spread of an infectious disease may increase the effectiveness of contact tracing and enable epidemics to be combatted using accurate and targeted actions.
[0210] But autonomously tracking a location of each person that resides in, enters, and/or exits a region raises serious policy and legal concerns. That is, tracking a location of a person may unnecessarily expose private and/or sensitive information about a tracked person to others. Also, in some jurisdictions, governments may be prohibited from substantially infringing on the privacy of its citizens. Thus, mandating the use of government-sponsored tracking applications may be prohibited by law, and each person under the jurisdiction of such a governing body may be required to voluntarily consent to being tracked — e g., by downloading a tracking application on a mobile device. In such cases, an inability to achieve wide adoption of a tracking service may significantly hinder the tracking service to effectively monitor the spread of an infectious disease.
[0211] Policy and legal concerns aside, autonomously tracking a location of each person that resides in, enters, and/or exits a geographic region faces large implementation hurdles. For one, obtaining location information for each person in a region may be infeasible regardless of whether use of a tracking service is mandated or voluntary. That is, mandates that each person in a region subject themselves to location tracking may be difficult to implement and/or enforce because each person may be required to have a device that supports a mandated tracking service and/or to opt-in to the tracking service themselves — e.g., by downloading a mandated tracking application on a mobile device. Also, collecting tracking information for each person in a region may generate excessive amounts of information, much of which may go unused, and result in increased power consumption at a device level.
[0212] Regardless of whether using a tracking service is illegal, legal, mandated, or optional, a tracking service that requires personal action on the part of users of electronic devices (e.g., UEs 115) is likely to fail. That is, travelers are unlikely to opt-in to a tracking service used within a region — e.g., many travelers (especially short-term travelers) are unlikely to download a location tracking application offered by a foreign country. In combination with the absence of a tracking application that offers a worldwide solution, a health agency located in one geographic region may not have access to tracking information collected by a health agency located in another geographic region (if any), and thus, infected travelers may pass through a geographic region undetected, resulting in community spread of an infectious disease that originates from unknown sources.
[0213] As described above, a wireless communications system may provide a service that enables a wireless device to broadcast signals to and receive signals from other wireless devices located within a proximity of the wireless device — which may be referred to as a proximity service. The broadcast signals may include codes that are issued by a network entity. A wireless device that extracts a code from a signal broadcasted from another wireless device may send the extracted code to a network entity — e.g., because the wireless device may be unable to process the code without assistance. The network entity may then return information to the wireless device about the wireless device that broadcasted the signal. Also, an ability to autonomously track locations of persons that reside in and pass through a geographic region may be instrumental in understanding and impeding the spread of infectious diseases — e.g., by retracing past steps of a positively diagnosed person, others that may have been exposed to the diagnosed person during a contagious period may be identified and alerted to take curative action. The processes of retracing a diagnosed persons steps may be referred to as “contact tracing.”
[0214] But autonomously tracking the location of persons that reside in and pass through a geographic region may raise policy issues, legal concerns, and implementation challenges. That is, autonomously and continuously tracking movements of a population (e.g., in real time) may reveal sensitive information about one or more individuals. Mandating the use of a service that autonomously tracks location may be illegal under certain governing bodies. Privacy and legal concerns aside, achieving ubiquitous user adoption of a location tracking system may be difficult regardless of whether use of the tracking service is mandated or voluntary — because a majority of the population may need to own a device that supports a deployed tracking service and/or personally download the tracking service. And an autonomous and continuous tracking service may generate excessive amounts of data that may exceed processing capabilities.
[0215] To support the autonomous tracking of persons within a region while protecting privacy, honoring legal standards, obtaining ubiquitous adoption of the tracking service, and limiting an amount of generated data, an emergency function (or layer) of a proximity service provided by a wireless communications system may be established and used to track close contacts between wireless devices. New and modified network architectures, communication protocols, signaling mechanisms, and signaling exchanges that support the emergency function of the proximity service may also be established. In some examples, once an emergency declaration for a pandemic has been made, otherwise unauthorized access to a proximity service provided by a wireless communications system may be allowed so that connected wireless devices may broadcast signals to and/or monitor for signals broadcasted from nearby wireless devices. The broadcasted signals may include codes that protect the privacy of the broadcasting wireless device — e.g., neither the monitoring wireless device nor a network entity that supports proximity services may be able to determine an identity of the broadcasting wireless device without outside assistance. [0216] While protecting privacy during proximity operations, these codes may be linkable to a wireless device after a user is diagnosed with an infectious disease — e.g., by investigating a memory of the wireless device. That is, wireless device that receive broadcasted codes may provide the received codes to the network entity. After a user is diagnosed with an infectious disease, one or more codes may be linked to the wireless device of the diagnosed user and compared with the codes stored by the network entity for other wireless devices. The network entity may identify a set of the other wireless devices that came into close contact with the diagnosed user based on the comparison.
[0217] By using a proximity service provided by a wireless communications system to implement a contact tracing application, user privacy may be protected — e.g., by preventing real-time location tracking of wireless devices. Also, by using the proximity service, legal concerns may be addressed — e.g., by minimizing the intrusion on privacy to a legally acceptable level. And, by using the proximity service, widespread adoption of a tracking service may be attained — e.g., by introducing a contact tracing application into a communications system that a majority of a population already uses (e.g., a 3 GPP system) and supports easy activation of the contact tracing application for all users with minimal to no involvement of the users.
[0218] In some cases, only wireless devices that have been determined as being at risk of having contracted an infectious disease are configured to broadcast signals using an emergency function of a proximity service — e.g., wireless devices that have traveled from an affected geographic region or are handled by a user that displays signs of being infected. By only permitting suspected wireless devices to broadcast signals, usage of communication resources and a processing load on a network may be reduced.
[0219] A base station 105 may include a communications manager 101 The communications manager 101 may be configured to signal an indication that enables UEs 115 to activate an announcing and/or monitoring mode associated with an emergency function of a proximity service, regardless of whether a UE 115 has a subscription to use a proximity service provided by a wireless network that includes the base station 105 The indication may be signaled in NAS and/or system information signaling. The base station 105 may signal the indication based on determining that an emergency declaration has been made (e.g., a pandemic has been declared) and/or based on determining that a UE 115 has previously traveled to a geographic region that has been associated with confirmed or presumed cases of an infectious disease.
[0220] A UE 115 may include a communications manager 102. The communications manager 102 may be configured to activate an announcing and/or monitoring mode associated with an emergency proximity service based on an indication received from the base station 105. The communications manager 102 may be configured to generate and broadcast emergency ProSe (eProSe) codes based on receiving an indication that enables an announcing mode. The communications manager 102 may also be configured to monitor for and collect emergency ProSe codes and report the collected emergency ProSe codes to a wireless network based on receiving an indication to enable a monitoring mode.
[0221] A core network 130 may include a communications manager 103. The communications manager 103 may be configured to support and manage emergency proximity service communications. The communications manager 103 may be configured to issue emergency ProSe codes, store reports of collected emergency ProSe codes, and identify close contacts between a UE 115 of a particular user (e.g., a positively diagnosed user) and other UEs 115.
[0222] FIG. 2 illustrates aspects of a wireless communications subsystem that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. Wireless communications subsystem 200 may include base station 205 which may be an example of a base station of FIG. 1. Wireless communications subsystem 200 may also include monitoring UE 215 and announcing UE 220 which may be examples of a UE of FIG. 1.
[0223] Base station 205 may be configured to communicate with UEs (such as monitoring UE 215 and announcing UE 220) access stratum messaging (e.g., RRC, MAC, physical (PHY) layer messaging, etc.) that supports the operation of a radio layer. Base station 205 may also be configured to relay, between UEs and network 225, NAS messaging (e.g., attach requests, initial registration requests, etc.) that supports the operation of network functions. Monitoring UE 215 and announcing UE 220 may be configured to communicate with base station 205 over communication links (e.g., link 235). Monitoring UE 215 may not have a subscription to monitor communication resources within network 225 for signals broadcasted from other UEs (e.g., announcing UE 220). Announcing UE 220 may not have a subscription to use communication resources within network 225 to broadcast signals to other UEs.
[0224] As described above, autonomously tracking a location of persons that reside in or visit a geographic region during a pandemic scenario may allow an agency to closely monitor the spread of an infectious disease and to apply targeted measures to reduce the spread of the infectious disease. But autonomous location tracking may compromise user privacy, violate legal frameworks, struggle to obtain widespread adoption, and/or generate excessive amounts of data. To support the autonomous tracking of persons within a region while protecting privacy concerns, addressing legal issues, obtaining ubiquitous adoption of the tracking service, and reducing an amount of generated data, an emergency layer of a proximity service provided by a wireless communications system along with new or modified network architectures, communication protocols, and signaling may be established.
[0225] To support the autonomous tracking of persons within a region, base station 205 may be further configured to communicate NAS messaging (e.g., an attach accept message, initial registration complete message, system information message, etc.) that triggers UEs served by network 225 to configure a mode that enables the UEs to access an emergency proximity service. In some cases, base station 205 transmits this NAS messaging after an emergency declaration is made recognizing the existence of a pandemic. In some cases, base station 205 may be configured to configure a mode for a UE (e.g., announcing UE 220) that triggers the UE to broadcast proximity service messages after determining that the UE has traveled to an affected geographic region — e.g., based on a tracking area update (TAU) message (for a legacy radio access technology) or a Registration Update message (for a nascent radio access technology) received from the UE. In other cases, base station 205 may be configured to configure a mode for a UE (e.g., announcing UE 220) that triggers the UE to broadcast proximity service messages once the UE determines that an associated user is exhibiting symptoms of an infectious disease — e.g., based on biometric data or user input).
[0226] Additionally, emergency ProSe Function 230 may be activated based on the emergency declaration. Emergency ProSe Function 230 may be a standalone network entity that supports an emergency proximity service or a layer of (or functionality within) an existing ProSe Function that is only activated when an emergency declaration is made, such as an emergency declaration associated with a pandemic. Emergency ProSe Function 230 may be included in network 225 — that is, emergency ProSe Function 230 may be operated or directly accessible by an operator of network 225. Emergency ProSe Function 230 may be connected to UEs that are connected with network 225 via a PC3 interface. In some cases, emergency ProSe Function 230 may be connected to other ProSe Functions (e.g., other emergency ProSe Functions) via a PC3 interface. In other cases, emergency ProSe Function 230 may be a standalone entity and have no connection with any other ProSe Functions. Emergency ProSe Function 230 may include storage components (e.g., servers) and processing components. In some examples, emergency ProSe Function 230 may be accessible by one or more wireless networks in a geographic region.
[0227] Announcing UE 220 may be further configured to configure an announcing mode that enables announcing UE 220 to begin broadcasting proximity service signals (e.g., discovery message 245) to other UEs based on receiving the messaging from base station 205. Announcing UE 220 may be configured to obtain a ProSe code from emergency ProSe Function 230 via base station 205. Alternatively, announcing UE 220 may be configured to generate a ProSe code without assistance from emergency ProSe Function 230. The ProSe code used by announcing UE 220 may be configured to protect a privacy of announcing UE 220. That is, other UEs may be unable to use the ProSe code to determine information about announcing UE 220. In some cases, emergency ProSe Function 230 may be unable to use the ProSe code to determine information about announcing UE 220.
[0228] To further protect the identity of announcing UE 220, announcing UE 220 may be further configured to periodically refresh the ProSe code. Announcing UE 220 may refresh the ProSe code using a random code generator that is not available to emergency ProSe Function 230 or to other UEs connected to network 225. Announcing UE 220 may broadcast discovery message 245. Discovery message 245 may include a ProSe code and may be detectable by other UEs within announcing area 240. Discovery message 245 may also include location and biometric information. A discovery message configuration is described in more detail herein and with respect to FIG. 6.
[0229] Monitoring UE 215 may be further configured to configure a monitoring mode that enables monitoring UE 215 to monitor communication resources for signals broadcasted by other, nearby UEs based on receiving the messaging from base station 205. Monitoring UE 215 may be connected with other UEs (e.g., announcing UE 220) via a PC5 interface. Monitoring UE 215 may be located in announcing area 240 of announcing UE 220 and may detect discovery message 245. After detecting discovery message 245, monitoring UE 215 may extract a ProSe code and store the ProSe code — e.g., in a buffer. Monitoring UE 215 may similarly store ProSe codes received from other nearby UEs. Subsequently, monitoring UE 215 may transmit the stored ProSe codes to base station 205 in bulk report 250. In some cases, monitoring UE 215 transmits bulk report 250 after a reporting timer expires or after a bulk reporting buffer reaches a threshold. Bulk report 250 may include all of the ProSe codes collected by the monitoring UE 215, identification or contact information for monitoring UE 215, and the like. A bulk report configuration is described in more detail herein and with respect to FIG. 7.
[0230] Base station 205 may relay bulk report 250 to emergency ProSe Function 230.
And emergency ProSe Function 230 may be configured to store the bulk report 250 for monitoring UE 215. Later, if a user of a UE (e.g., announcing UE 220) is diagnosed with an infectious disease, one or more codes announced by and stored in announcing UE 220 may be extracted and provided to emergency ProSe Function 230. Emergency ProSe Function 230 may compare the one or more codes with the codes collected by other UEs and stored at emergency ProSe Function 230. After identifying any matches, emergency ProSe Function 230 may notify the users of any UEs that came into close contact with announcing UE 220 during an infectious period (e.g., monitoring UE 215) to take curative action. Signaling mechanisms, signaling exchanges, and information processing protocols that support the operation of an emergency proximity service are described in more detail herein and with reference to FIGs. 4 and 5.
[0231] In some cases, network 225 may be a visited network for one or more of UEs (e.g., monitoring UE 215 and/or announcing UE 220). To enable network 225 to collect proximity service information about all connected UEs, network 225 may be configured so that roaming UEs may interface with emergency ProSe Function 230. An architecture that supports using, by a visited network, a proximity service to track roaming UEs is described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 3.
[0232] FIG. 3 illustrates aspects of a network architecture that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. Network architecture 300 may be configured to provide one or more services to connected UEs, including visitor UEs (e.g., visitor UE 305). Network architecture 300 may include visitor UE 305, second UE 310, first data interface 315, second data interface 318, control interface 320, radio network 325, mobility manager 330, visited data manager 335, emergency ProSe Function 340, home subscriber server (HSS) 345, home data manager 350, visited network 355, and home network 360.
[0233] Visitor UE 305 may be associated with a person that is traveling into a geographic region. In some cases, an operator that issued a subscription to visitor UE 305 does not operate a wireless network in the geographic region. Home network 360 may be an example of a wireless network operated by the operator. Instead, the operator may have partnerships with another operator of a wireless network in the geographic region. Visited network 355 may be an example of a wireless network operated by a partner operator. Visitor UE 305 may be configured to monitor for and/or broadcast discovery messages over first data interface 315 using an emergency proximity service. First data interface 315 may be a PC5 interface.
[0234] In some cases, second UE 310 may have a subscription that grants access to visited network 355 that is, visited network 355 may be a home network for second UE 310. Thus, second UE 310 may be referred to as a home UE. In other cases, second UE 310 may be a visitor UE. Second UE 310 may be configured to broadcast signals and/or monitor for signals broadcasted over first data interface 315 using an emergency proximity service.
[0235] Radio network 325 may be a terrestrial-based network of radio access terminals (e.g., base stations) that provide UEs access to visited network 355. Radio network 325 may be an E-UTRAN. Radio network 325 may be connected with UEs via one or more data interfaces (e.g., second data interface 318) and one or more control interfaces (e.g., control interface 320). Second data interface 318 may be configured to communicate user data between a UE and radio network 325. Control interface 320 may be configured to communicate proximity service information between a UE and radio network 325. Both second data interface 318 and control interface 320 may be configured to communicate with radio network 325 using communication (e.g., time and frequency) resources that are managed by visited network 355. Control interface 320 may continue through radio network 325 and visited data manager 335 to reach emergency ProSe Function 340. Control interface 320 may be a PC3 interface.
[0236] Visited network 355 may be configured to connect UEs to a data network (e.g., the Internet, a ProSe server, etc.). Visited network 355 may be further configured to interface with other networks (such as home network 360). Visited network 355 may include mobility manager 330, visited data manager 335, and emergency ProSe Function 340. [0237] Mobility manager 330 may be configured to track a movement of a UE throughout radio network 325. Mobility manager 330 may handover a UE from one radio terminal to another based on the tracked movement. In some cases, mobility manager 330 may include an MME (e.g., for a legacy radio access technology). In other cases, mobility manager 330 may include an AMF (e.g., for a nascent radio access technology).
[0238] Visited data manager 335 may be configured to connect a UE to a data network. Visited data manager 335 may be configured to connect a UE to a server that hosts information related to an emergency proximity service. In some cases, visited data manager 335 may include a S-GW and/or a P-GW (e.g., for a legacy radio access technology). In other cases, visited data manager 335 may include a session management function (SMF) (e.g., for a nascent radio access technology).
[0239] Emergency ProSe Function 340 may be configured to manage an emergency proximity service offered by visited network 355. Emergency ProSe Function 340 may include storage components to store bulk reports received from UEs and processing components to support an operation of the emergency proximity service. In some cases, emergency ProSe Function 340 is incorporated into an existing ProSe Function as an emergency layer. By including emergency ProSe Function in visited network 355, visited network 355 may keep track of proximity service information for visitor UEs on its own rather than using a ProSe Function in home network 360. This standalone architecture may enable proximity service information for home and visitor UEs to be directly compared without relying on access to ProSe servers that are located in different geographic regions.
[0240] Home network 360 may be configured to connect UEs to a data network (e.g., the Internet, a ProSe server, etc.). Home network 360 may be further configured to interface with other networks (such as visited network 355). Home network 360 may include HSS 345 and home data manager 350.
[0241] HSS 345 may store subscription information for visitor UE 305. Home data manager 350 be configured to connect a UE to a data network — e.g., to a home ProSe Function.
[0242] FIG. 4 illustrates aspects of a process of contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. Process flow 400 may be performed by base station 405, monitoring UE 415, visitor UE 417, core network 422, and emergency ProSe Function 426. Visitor UE 417 may be a UE that does not have a subscription with core network 422. Monitoring UE 415 may either be a UE that has a subscription with core network 422 or a UE that does not have a subscription with core network 422. Core network 422 may be a visiting network with relation to visitor UE 417 and either a visiting network or a home network with relation to monitoring UE 415. Emergency ProSe Function 426 may be included within core network 422.
[0243] In some examples, process flow 400 illustrates an exemplary sequence of operations performed to support an emergency proximity service. For example, process flow depicts network management signaling (e g., NAS signaling) that may be exchanged and processing that may be performed to support an emergency proximity service. One skilled in the art would understand that one or more of the operations described in process flow 400 may be performed earlier or later in the process, omitted, replaced, supplemented, or any combination thereof. Also, additional operations described herein that are not included in process flow 400 may be included.
[0244] At 427, visitor UE 417 may construct an address of an access point that supports an emergency proximity service (e g., based on a pandemic declaration has been made) so that visitor UE 417 may access an emergency proximity service provided by core network 422. In some cases, visitor UE 417 constructs an address of an access point based on a mobile country code (MCC) and/or mobile network code (MNC). For example, the address may be constructed as prose. mcc<mcc>.mnc<mnc>.3 gppnetwork org.
[0245] At 428, visitor UE 417 may transmit a request to register with base station 405, which may relay the registration request to core network 422. In some cases, the registration request includes the address of the access point constructed by visitor UE 417. The registration request may be an Attach Request message for a legacy radio access technology or an Initial Registration Request message for a nascent radio access technology. In some cases, visitor UE 417 includes historical location information in the registration request or in another message (e.g., a TAU message for a legacy radio access technology or a Registration Update message for a nascent radio access technology). In some cases, base station 405 relays the registration request to an MME or AMF located in core network 422.
[0246] At 431, core network 422 may determine location information for visitor UE 417. After an emergency (pandemic) declaration has been made, core network 422 may determine whether any historical locations associated with visitor UE 417 are associated with a geographic region that is associated with the emergency — e.g., a geographic region that has been affected by an infectious disease. In some cases, core network 422 may interface with other wireless networks to determine past location information for visitor UE 417. Additionally, or alternatively, core network 422 may determine biometric information (e.g., body temperature, heart rate, etc.) associated with visitor UE 417.
[0247] At 434, core network 422 may send a response to the registration request to visitor UE 417. In some examples, core network 422 may include signaling in the response that triggers visitor UE 417 to configure a mode that enables visitor UE 417 to access an emergency proximity service provided by core network 422. In some cases, the response to the registration request includes an Attach Accept message (for a legacy radio access technology) or an Initial Registration Complete message (for a nascent radio access technology). The signaling may further trigger visitor UE 417 to enable one or both of an announcing mode or a monitoring mode. In some examples, the signaling may configure visitor UE 417 to enable an announcing mode — e.g., based on determining visitor UE 417 has recently traveled to an affected geographic region or that biometric information associated with visitor UE 417 is indicative of an infection. Additionally, or alternatively, the signaling may configure visitor UE 417 to enable a monitoring mode based on determining visitor UE 417 has not recently traveled to an affected region and/or is not associated with signs of an infection. By only enabling UEs that have an association with an emergency to configure an announcing mode, signaling overhead, communication resources usage, data generation, and processing demands may be reduced. In some cases, instead of generating the address of the access point at 425, visitor UE 417 may generate the address after receiving the response to the registration request.
[0248] At 435, core network 422 may send other NAS messaging (e.g., a TAU message or a Registration Update message) to visitor UE 417 that includes signaling that triggers visitor UE 417 to configure a mode that enables visitor UE 417 to access an emergency proximity service provided by core network 422. The indication may be included in the other NAS messaging instead of in the response to the registration request.
[0249] At 436, base station 405 may transmit a system information message (e.g., a SIB 19 message) that includes signaling that triggers visitor UE 417 to configure a mode that enables visitor UE 417 to access an emergency proximity service provided by core network 422. The indication may be included in the system information instead of in the response to the registration request or the other NAS messaging. In some cases, the system information message may also include an address of an access point that supports an emergency proximity service. In other cases, instead of generating the address of the access point at 425, visitor UE 417 may generate the address after receiving the system information message. By including the indication in NAS or system information signaling, visitor UE 417 may be configured to use a proximity service offered by core network 422 without having to obtain authorization from a ProSe Function. Thus, in emergency scenarios, UEs that do not have a subscription to use a proximity service may be granted an exception.
[0250] At 437, visitor UE 417 may establish a local breakout (LBO) data connection with core network 422. In some cases, visitor UE 417 establishes an LBO data connection based on the information included in the response to the registration request. In other cases, visitor UE 417 establishes a modified or a new LBO data connection based on the information included in the system information message. In some cases, establishing the local breakout data connection includes establishing a data connection to the access point that supports an emergency proximity service — e.g., by providing access to emergency ProSe Function 426. Establishing the local breakout data connection may also include establishing a connection with a data management component at core network 422, such as an SMF or P-GW. In some cases, instead of establishing the LBO data connection at 437, core network 422 may establish the LBO data connection at 431 based on determining that visitor UE 417 has an association with a declared emergency.
[0251] At 440, visitor UE 417 may construct an address (e.g., a FQDN) of an emergency ProSe function. In some cases, visitor UE 417 constructs an address (e.g., IP address) of an access point based on an MCC and/or MNC of core network 422. For example, the address may be constructed as prose-function. mnc<mnc of core network 422> mcc<mnc of core network 422> pub.3 gppnetwork.org. In some cases, the addressed emergency ProSe Function may be specific to core network 422. In other cases, the addressed emergency ProSe Function may be common to all networks in a geographic region — e.g., that is associated with the MCC. In some cases, visitor UE 417 may construct the address prior to establishing the LBO data connection. In some cases, the address of the emergency ProSe function may be provided in the response to the registration request or the system information message, and visitor UE 417 may refrain from constructing the address.
[0252] At 443, visitor UE 417 may send to emergency ProSe Function 426 via base station 405 a request to activate an announcing and/or a monitoring mode — e.g., using the address of the APN and emergency ProSe Function 426. The request may be sent to emergency ProSe Function 426 using a PC3 interface. In some cases, visitor UE 417 may transmit an announcing request based on receiving signaling from base station 405 that enables an announcing mode at visitor UE 417. In other cases, visitor UE 417 may transmit a monitoring request based on receiving signaling from base station 405 that enables a monitoring mode at visitor UE 417.
[0253] At 446, visitor UE 417 may exchange security messages with emergency ProSe Function 426 so that emergency ProSe Function 426 may authenticate visitor UE 417. Emergency ProSe Function 426 may transmit a “silent” text message to visitor UE 417 that includes a web address to authenticate visitor UE 417. A silent text message may not be displayed to a user of visitor UE 417. Visitor UE 417 may access the web address, and emergency ProSe Function 426 may authenticate visitor UE 417 by matching an IP address obtained for the visitor UE 417 when visitor UE 417 accesses the web address with a mobile identifier for visitor UE 417 (e.g., an IMSI). Additionally, or alternatively, emergency ProSe function 426 may send a request to visitor UE 417 to enter authentication credentials that authenticate visitor UE 417. In other examples, a passcode may be provided to visitor UE 417 in the response to the registration message (or in some other NAS or system information signaling). And visitor UE 417 may include the passcode in a request to gain access to the emergency ProSe function 426. The security messaging be exchanged between visitor UE 417 and emergency ProSe Function 426 using a PC3 interface.
[0254] At 449, emergency ProSe Function 426 may authorize visitor UE 417 for access. Emergency ProSe Function 426 may also generate a ProSe code for visitor UE 417 — e.g., if visitor UE 417 requests to configure an announcing mode.
[0255] At 451, emergency ProSe Function 426 may send a ProSe code to visitor UE 417. The ProSe code may be unknown to other UEs using core network 422. Also, other UEs may be unable to use the ProSe code to determine information about visitor UE 417 without assistance from the emergency ProSe Function 426. In some examples, visitor UE 417 may forego all or some of the operation described at 437 through 451. In such cases, visitor UE 417 may generate its own ProSe code as described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 5. Additionally, or alternatively visitor UE 417 may be configured to periodically refresh ProSe codes as described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 5. In some examples, UEs may establish a data connection to emergency ProSe Function 426 solely for the purpose of communicating a bulk report. By avoiding contact with the emergency ProSe Function 426, a wireless network may be prevented from learning an identity of an announcing UE.
[0256] If visitor UE 417 sends a monitoring request to emergency ProSe Function 426, emergency ProSe Function 426 may also send a discovery filter to visitor UE 417. The discovery filter may limit the types of proximity service signals visitor UE 417 is permitted to receive. In other examples, visitor UE 417 may be provided with the discovery filter in NAS or system information signaling. Or a discovery filter for emergency proximity services may be stored at visitor UE 417 before visitor UE 417 is deployed.
[0257] At 453, visitor UE 417 may begin an announcing and/or monitoring procedure as described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 5. If an announcing mode is configured, visitor UE 417 may begin broadcasting discovery messages that include ProSe codes to nearby UEs. Additionally, or alternatively, visitor UE 417 may begin monitoring for discovery messages transmitted by nearby UEs.
[0258] At 455, visitor UE 417 may send a bulk report to emergency ProSe Function 426 — e.g., if visitor UE 417 has activated a monitoring mode. The bulk report may include a list of ProSe codes received by visitor UE 417 in discovery messages broadcasted by other UEs, as described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 7. In some cases, emergency ProSe Function 426 may send an acknowledgment message to visitor UE 417 after receiving the bulk report.
[0259] At 458, monitoring UE 415 may transmit a bulk report to emergency ProSe Function 426. The bulk report sent by monitoring UE 415 may include a ProSe code broadcasted by visitor UE 417, and vice versa. Monitoring UE 415 may be similarly configured as visitor UE 417 to enable an announcing and/or monitoring mode. Monitoring UE 415 may also establish a data connection with emergency ProSe Function 426. In some cases, core network is a visited network to monitoring UE 415, and monitoring UE 415 similarly establishes an LBO data connection that provides access to emergency ProSe Function 426, as described with reference to visitor UE 417. Other UEs using core network 422 may also send bulk reports to emergency ProSe Function 426. And emergency ProSe Function 426 may store the bulk reports — e.g., for a designated period of time that is associated with a contagious period of an infectious disease. In some cases, emergency ProSe Function 426 may send an acknowledgment message to monitoring UE 415 after receiving the bulk report.
[0260] At 461, emergency ProSe Function 426 may receive a set of ProSe codes previously broadcasted by a UE that is associated with a positively diagnosed user (e.g., visitor UE 417). In some cases, the UE is configured to send the previous set of codes (e.g., which may include a code or a plurality of codes) to emergency ProSe Function 426 with user authorization. In other cases, the previous set of codes are manually input into the emergency ProSe Function 426. Additionally, or alternatively, emergency ProSe Function 426 may receive a location where cases of a disease have been detected.
[0261] At 464, emergency ProSe Function 426 may compare the set of ProSe codes with the ProSe codes stored in emergency ProSe Function 426 by other UEs to identify other UEs that came into close contact with the UE of the diagnosed user. For example, if a user of visitor UE 417 is positively diagnosed and monitoring UE 415 includes a ProSe code broadcasted by visitor UE 417 in a bulk report, then emergency ProSe function 426 may determine that monitoring UE 415 came into close contact with visitor UE 417. Additionally, or alternatively, emergency ProSe Function 426 may use location information associated with ProSe codes received from the UEs to determine if any of the UEs traveled to a location where cases of a disease have been detected.
[0262] At 467, emergency ProSe function 426 may send notification messages to UEs that were identified as coming into close contact with a positively diagnosed user (e.g., monitoring UE 415). In some cases, emergency ProSe function 426 may send the notification message using a short messaging service or a voice service. In other cases, emergency ProSe function 426 may send the notification via an email messaging service — e.g., if provided with alternative contact information.
[0263] FIG. 5 illustrates aspects of a process for contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. Process flow 500 may be performed by base station 505, which may be an example of base station 405 of FIG. 4. Process flow 500 may also include monitoring UE 515, which may be an example of monitoring UE 415 or visitor UE 417 of FIG. 4. Process flow 500 may also include announcing UE 520, which may be an example of monitoring UE 415 or visitor UE 417 of FIG. 4. [0264] In some examples, process flow 500 illustrates an exemplary sequence of operations performed during an emergency proximity service. For example, process flow 500 depicts radio layer signaling that is exchanged and processing that may be performed while to support an emergency proximity service. One skilled in the art would understand that one or more of the operations described in process flow 500 may be performed earlier or later in the process, omitted, replaced, supplemented, or any combination thereof. Also, additional operations described herein that are not included in process flow 500 may be included.
[0265] At 525, base station 505, monitoring UE 515, and announcing UE 520 may exchange NAS and/or system information signaling to activate an emergency proximity service and/or to establish a data connection to an emergency ProSe Function, as described with reference to 427 to 451.
[0266] At 534, monitoring UE 515 may activate a monitoring mode based on receiving an indication in the network signaling that enables the monitoring mode as well as a discovery filter. Thus, monitoring UE 515 may begin monitoring communication resources for broadcasts, from other UEs, of discovery messages that are associated with an emergency proximity service.
[0267] At 537, announcing UE 520 may obtain biometric data associated with a user of announcing UE 520. Announcing UE 520 may obtain a temperature, heart rate, blood pressure, and the like from a user. Announcing UE 520 may also obtain information from the user related to any symptoms being experienced by the user.
[0268] At 540, announcing UE 520 may activate an announcing mode based on receiving an indication in the network signaling that enables the monitoring mode and/or biometric data of the user exceeding a threshold.
[0269] At 543, announcing UE 520 may identify an emergency ProSe code for broadcasting to other UEs. Announcing UE 520 may identify the emergency ProSe code based on receiving the emergency ProSe code in signaling from an emergency ProSe Function. Or announcing UE 520 may generate the emergency ProSe code itself. By generating an emergency ProSe code, announcing UE 520 may avoid contact with an emergency ProSe Function, increasing a level of anonymity for announcing UE 520. Other UEs (e.g., monitoring UE 515) may be unable to use the emergency ProSe code to determine an identity of announcing UE 520. [0270] At 546, announcing UE 520 may broadcast a discovery message that includes the emergency ProSe code. The discovery message may also include other data, such as location information, biometric information, and the like. In some cases, the discovery message includes a portion of a global positioning system (GPS) coordinate of announcing UE 520. The discovery message may also include a header that distinguishes the discovery message as being associated with an emergency proximity service. The discovery message is described in more detail herein and with reference to FIG. 6. The discovery message may be detectable in a broadcast area that surrounds announcing UE 520. The discovery message may be received by monitoring UE 515 — e.g., if monitoring UE is located within the broadcast area of announcing UE 520.
[0271] Announcing UE 520 may determine a transmission power for broadcasting the discovery message. In some cases, announcing UE 520 may select a transmission power that causes the broadcast to reach a certain distance from the UE (e g., < 20 meters). In other cases, announcing UE 520 may transmit using a transmission power that is set by the network. The transmission power set by the network may be received in control signaling or previously programmed into announcing UE 520 for broadcasting discovery messages for an emergency proximity service. When announcing UE 520 uses a set transmission power, monitoring UE 515 may store a reception power (e.g., a signal -to-noise ratio (SNR) value) associated with receiving the discovery message. Either the monitoring UE 515 or an emergency Prose Function may use the reception power to calculate a distance of monitoring UE 515 from announcing UE 520 at a time of the broadcast.
[0272] At 549, monitoring UE 515 may store the emergency ProSe code and the corresponding data received from announcing UE 520. Monitoring UE 515 may store the emergency ProSe code in an entry of a list of emergency ProSe codes stored by monitoring UE 515. In some cases, monitoring UE 515 stores the emergency ProSe code instead of transmitting the emergency ProSe code to the network entity to request information about announcing UE 520 — that is, monitoring UE 515 may bypass a matching procedure associated with a non-emergency proximity service communication protocol.
[0273] In some examples, monitoring UE 515 may determine (e.g., calculate) a distance between monitoring UE 515 and announcing UE 520 — e.g., based on a received signal power, partial GPS coordinates, and the like. In some examples, monitoring UE 515 may refrain from storing the received emergency ProSe code — e.g., based on determining that the distance between announcing UE 520 and monitoring UE 515 exceeds a margin of infectiousness (e g., less than 1.5 meters) of an infectious disease associated with the emergency ProSe code. In some examples, monitoring UE 515 only stores the emergency ProSe code if the emergency ProSe code is received a threshold quantity of times within a duration (e.g., a 15-minute duration). In some examples, monitoring UE 515 only stores the emergency ProSe code if multiple versions of the emergency ProSe code are received and separated in time by less than a duration (e.g., a 15-minute duration).
[0274] At 552, announcing UE 520 may broadcast another discovery message that includes a same ProSe code as the prior discovery message. The second discovery message may also include updated additional information (e.g., location and biometric information) for a user. Monitoring UE 515 may receive the second discovery message.
[0275] At 555, monitoring UE 515 may ignore the emergency ProSe code based on determining that the emergency ProSe code matches an already stored emergency ProSe code. That is, monitoring UE 515 may refrain from storing the emergency ProSe code received in the second discovery message. In some cases, monitoring UE 515 may update the additional information associated with the stored emergency ProSe code based on the updated information received in the second discovery message.
[0276] At 558, announcing UE 520 may update an emergency ProSe code broadcasted by announcing UE 520. Announcing UE 520 may update an emergency ProSe code periodically (e.g., every 20 ms). Announcing UE 520 may also generate the updated emergency ProSe code using a random generator that is not shared by the network or other UEs. By updating the emergency ProSe code, announcing UE 520 may further protect an identity of the user and increase a difficulty associated with continuously tracking a location of announcing UE 520. Announcing UE 520 may temporarily store a set of broadcasted emergency ProSe codes. Announcing UE 520 may store broadcasted emergency ProSe codes for a duration associated with a contagious period of an infectious disease and may erase emergency ProSe codes that have been stored for the duration.
[0277] At 561, announcing UE 520 may broadcast another discovery message. This discovery message may include the updated emergency ProSe code and may also include additional information. Monitoring UE 515 may receive the other discovery message. Monitoring UE 515 may store the updated emergency ProSe code and additional information in the list of emergency ProSe codes. [0278] At 564, monitoring UE 515 may store additional emergency ProSe codes and associated data received from other UEs in the list of emergency ProSe codes. In some cases, monitoring UE 515 stores the received emergency ProSe codes in a buffer.
[0279] At 567, monitoring UE 515 may transmit a bulk report that includes the list of emergency ProSe codes and associated information to base station 505 — base station 505 may relay the bulk report to the emergency ProSe Function. In some cases, monitoring UE 515 transmits the bulk report based on a reporting timer expiring at monitoring UE 515 expiring. In other cases, monitoring UE 515 transmits the bulk report after a quantity of emergency ProSe codes stored in a buffer reaches a threshold level. Monitoring UE 515 may erase stored emergency ProSe codes reported in a bulk report after transmitting the bulk report.
[0280] The emergency ProSe Function may store the bulk report for monitoring UE 115 and for other UEs using a network that uses the emergency ProSe Function. After a user of a UE (e.g., announcing UE 520) is diagnosed with an infectious disease, the emergency ProSe Function may obtain a set of emergency ProSe codes previously broadcasted by announcing UE 520 and identify UEs that came into close contact with announcing UE 520, as described with reference to 461 and 464 of FIG. 4.
[0281] At 570, base station 505 may transmit notification messages to UEs that came into close contact with a UE of a positively diagnosed user. For example, if a user of announcing UE 520 is positively diagnosed, base station 505 may transmit a notification message (e.g., a text message) to monitoring UE 515 to alert a user of monitoring UE 515 that close contact occurred with a positively diagnosed person during a contagious period. In some examples, base station 505 may transmit the notification message in a data packet — e.g., if the emergency ProSe Function uses an email service to deliver the alert.
[0282] FIG. 6 illustrates aspects of a discovery message configuration that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. Discovery message configuration 600 may be configured to convey proximity service information that is associated with an emergency (e.g., pandemic scenario). Discovery message configuration 600 may include preamble field 605, code field 610, location information field 620, and biometric information field 625.
[0283] Preamble field 605 (which may also be referred to as a header field) may be configured to convey a preamble that distinguishes a broadcasted discovery message from other broadcasted discovery messages. In a discovery message, preamble field 605 may include a binary value that indicates a discovery message is associated with an emergency proximity service. Alternatively, in a discovery message, preamble field 605 may include a signal pattern that is associated with the emergency proximity service.
[0284] Code field 610 may be configured to convey an emergency ProSe code used by a UE. In a discovery message, code field 610 may include an emergency ProSe code received from an emergency ProSe function or an emergency ProSe code generated by a UE. The emergency ProSe code may be unique to the UE. The emergency ProSe code may be configured so to not reveal an identity of the UE to other UEs. The emergency ProSe code may be further configured so to not reveal an identity of the UE to a network. The emergency ProSe code may later be used to identify close contacts between UEs and a UE of a user after a positive diagnosis is made — e.g., by extracting ProSe codes broadcast by the UE from the UE of the positively diagnosed user.
[0285] Network information field 615 may be configured to convey information about the serving network for a UE that broadcasts a discovery message. In a discovery message, the information included in the network information field 615 may include an identifier (e.g., a PLMN ID) of a network that is providing service to an announcing UE. In a discovery message, the information included in the network information field 615 may be encrypted to prevent other UEs from determining network information for the announcing UE, and an emergency ProSe Function may have or be provided with the encryption key — e.g., once a user of the UE is positively diagnosed. In some cases, the network information may be embedded into the emergency ProSe code included in code field 610.
[0286] Location information field 620 may be configured to convey location information for a UE that broadcasts a discovery message. In a discovery message, location information field 620 may include a portion of a GPS coordinate determined for the UE when (or immediately prior to) the discovery message being broadcasted. In a discovery message, the information included in the location information field 620 may be encrypted to prevent other UEs from determining a location of the broadcasting UE, and an emergency ProSe Function may have or be provided with the encryption key — e.g., once a user of the UE is positively diagnosed. In some cases, the location information may be embedded into the emergency ProSe code included in code field 610. [0287] Biometric information field 625 may be configured to convey biometric information for a UE that broadcasts a discovery message. In a discovery message, biometric information field 625 may include any combination of a body temperature, heart rate, blood pressure, or other biometric measurements of a user of the UE that broadcasts the discovery message. In a discovery message, the information included in the biometric information field 625 may be encrypted to prevent other UEs from determining a location of the broadcasting UE, and an emergency ProSe Function may have or be provided with the encryption key e.g., once a user of the UE is positively diagnosed. In some cases, the biometric information may be embedded into the emergency ProSe code included in code field 610.
[0288] As suggested above, in some cases, the discovery message may include two fields: preamble field 605 and code field 610. In such cases, in a discovery message, the emergency ProSe code included in code field 610 may be generated using any combination of network information, a temporary identifier of the announcing UE, location information, or biometric information. That is, the information transmitted in code field 610, network information field 615, location information field 620, and biometric information field 625 may form a single emergency ProSe code.
[0289] FIG. 7 illustrates aspects of a bulk reporting configuration that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. Bulk report configuration 700 may be configured to report a set of emergency ProSe codes collected by a user during an interval of time.
[0290] Bulk report configuration 700 may include multiple code reports (e.g., first code report 705 to nth code report 740). Each code report may include one or more information fields. In some cases, the number of code reports included in a bulk report message is based on a storage capacity of a buffer used by a monitoring UE to store code reports and/or based on the expiration of a bulk code reporting timer.
[0291] First code report 705 may be configured to communicate a received emergency ProSe code along with additional information associated with the UE that announced the code and/or the monitoring UE. First code report 705 may include stored code field 710, biometric information field 715, location information field 720, UE information field 725, network information field 730, and timing information field 735.
[0292] Stored code field 710 may be configured to convey an emergency ProSe code received from nearby UEs and stored at a monitoring UE. In a bulk report message, stored code field 710 may include a ProSe code received from a nearby UE that broadcasted a discovery message associated with an emergency scenario.
[0293] Biometric information field 715 may be configured to convey biometric information associated with the UE that broadcasted a discovery message including an emergency ProSe code. In a bulk report message, biometric information field 715 may include biometric information associated with a UE that broadcasted the code conveyed by stored code field 710.
[0294] Location information field 720 may be configured to convey location information associated with the UE that broadcasted a discovery message including an emergency ProSe code and/or location information associated with the UE that transmits a bulk report message. In a bulk report message, location information field 720 may include a partial GPS coordinate for the announcing UE and/or the monitoring UE when the emergency ProSe code conveyed by stored code field 710 was received. Location information field 720 may also include a reception power measurement for a discovery message that included the emergency ProSe code.
[0295] UE information field 725 may be configured to communicate information about the monitoring UE. In a bulk report message, UE information field 725 may include an identifier of the monitoring UE (e.g., an RNTI, an IMSI, or the like). UE information field 725 may also include contact information for the UE that transmits the bulk report message — e.g., a phone number of the UE and/or email address of the user. As suggested herein, the information conveyed in biometric information field 715, location information field 720, and UE information field 725 associated with an announcing UE may be embedded in an emergency ProSe code conveyed in stored code field 710.
[0296] Network information field 730 may be configured to communication information about the network that manages the communication resources being monitored by a monitoring UE. In a bulk report message, network information field 730 may include an identifier of a monitored network and/or an identifier of a visiting network that is serving the monitoring UE — e.g., if the UE that transmits the bulk report message is connected to a visiting network.
[0297] Timing information field 735 may be configured to communicate information about a time when a monitoring UE received an emergency ProSe code. In a bulk report message, timing information field 735 may include a timestamp associated with a time when the monitoring UE received a discovery message that included the emergency ProSe code conveyed by stored code field 710.
[0298] In some cases, one or more code reports in a bulk message reports may include information for a subset of the available fields. For example, a second code report may convey a biometric information field that conveys no data — e.g., by setting bits allocated to the biometric field to all zeros or all ones. Alternatively, the second code report may construct a code report that excludes information bits for a biometric information field.
[0299] FIG. 8 shows a block diagram 800 of a device 805 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The device 805 may be an example of aspects of a UE 115 as described herein. The device 805 may include a receiver 810, a communications manager 815, and a transmitter 820. The device 805 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses).
[0300] The receiver 810 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to contact tracing using a wireless network, etc.). Information may be passed on to other components of the device 805. The receiver 810 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1120 described with reference to FIG. 11. The receiver 810 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
[0301] The communications manager 815 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, the communications manager 815 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The communications manager 815 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes (e.g., two or more codes) that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated. The communications manager 815 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes basing at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
[0302] Additionally, or alternatively, the communications manager 815 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. For example, the communications manager 815 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE. The communications manager 815 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
[0303] In some examples, the communications manager 815 may configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The communications manager 815 may also receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs, store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured. The communications manager 815 may also report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
[0304] In some examples, the communications manager 815 may configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE. The communications manager 815 may broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease. The communications manager 815 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1110 described herein.
[0305] The communications manager 815 may be an example of means for performing various aspects of supporting contact tracing. The communications manager 815, or its sub components, may be implemented in hardware, code (e.g., software or firmware) executed by a processor, or any combination thereof. If implemented in code executed by a processor, the functions of the communications manager 815, or its sub-components may be executed by a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
[0306] The communications manager 815, or its sub-components, may be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations by one or more physical components. In some examples, the communications manager 815, or its sub-components, may be a separate and distinct component in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, the communications manager 815, or its sub-components, may be combined with one or more other hardware components, including but not limited to an input/output (I/O) component, a transceiver, a network server, another computing device, one or more other components described in the present disclosure, or a combination thereof in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0307] In some examples, the communications manager 815 may be configured to perform various operations (e g., receiving, determining, transmitting) using or otherwise in cooperation with the receiver 810, the transmitter 820, or both.
[0308] The transmitter 820 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 805. In some examples, the transmitter 820 may be collocated with a receiver 810 in a transceiver module. For example, the transmitter 820 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1120 described with reference to FIG. 11. The transmitter 820 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
[0309] FIG. 9 shows a block diagram 900 of a device 905 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The device 905 may be an example of aspects of a device 805, or a UE 115 as described herein. The device 905 may include a receiver 910, a communications manager 915, and a transmitter 950. The device 905 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses).
[0310] The receiver 910 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to contact tracing using a wireless network, etc.). Information may be passed on to other components of the device 905. The receiver 910 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1120 described with reference to FIG. 11. The receiver 910 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
[0311] The communications manager 915 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 815 as described herein. The communications manager 915 may include a proximity component 920, a monitoring component 925, a storage component 930, a reporting component 935, and an announcing component 945. The communications manager 915 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1110 described herein.
[0312] The communications manager 915 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. The proximity component 920 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The monitoring component 925 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated. The reporting component 935 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on receiving the plurality of codes.
[0313] Additionally, or alternatively, the communications manager 915 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. The proximity component 920 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE. The announcing component 945 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
[0314] In some examples, the proximity component 920 may configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The monitoring component 925 may receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs. The storage component 930 may store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured. The reporting component 935 may report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured.
[0315] In some examples, the proximity component 920 may configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE. The announcing component 945 may broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
[0316] The transmitter 950 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 905. In some examples, the transmitter 950 may be collocated with a receiver 910 in a transceiver module. For example, the transmitter 950 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1120 described with reference to FIG. 11. The transmitter 950 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas. [0317] FIG. 10 shows a block diagram 1000 of a communications manager 1005 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The communications manager 1005 may be an example of aspects of a communications manager 815, a communications manager 915, or a communications manager 1110 described herein. The communications manager 1005 may include a proximity component 1010, a monitoring component 1015, a storage component 1020, a reporting component 1025, a distance component 1030, a registration component 1035, an announcing component 1045, a biometric component 1050, a location component 1055, and a broadcast component 1060. Each of these modules may communicate, directly or indirectly, with one another (e.g., via one or more buses).
[0318] The communications manager 1005 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. The proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated. The reporting component 1025 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on receiving the plurality of codes.
[0319] In some examples, the plurality of codes is stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
[0320] In some examples, the storage component 1020 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for storing the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer based on being in the mode, where reporting the plurality of codes includes reporting the plurality of codes based on the expiration of the timer.
[0321] In some examples, to support receiving the plurality of codes, the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease. In some examples, the indication is included in a preamble of the message. [0322] In some examples, to support reporting, the reporting component 1025 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for reporting a message that includes the plurality of codes, a plurality of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
[0323] In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from the network, a filtering function, where the UE is limited to storing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function. In some examples, to support receiving the plurality of codes, the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE. In some examples, to support receiving the plurality of codes, the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate that hides the full position of the first UE.
[0324] In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for calculating a distance between the UE and the first UE based on the portion of the global positioning coordinate. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for determining that the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for determining the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease based on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal including the first code, where receiving the plurality of codes includes receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE.
[0325] In some examples, to support receiving the plurality of codes, the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, where the UE is unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE. [0326] In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from the network, a message including an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from the network, a system information message including the indicator for activating the mode. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for configuring the mode based on the indicator.
[0327] In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the network, a request to register with the network. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving a response to the request, the response including the indicator for activating the mode. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for configuring the mode based on the indicator.
[0328] In some examples, the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease. In some examples, the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, where the plurality of codes is reported via a PC3 communication interface. In some examples, the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the monitoring component 1015 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology. In some examples, a Proximity Services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE is bypassed.
[0329] Additionally, or alternatively, the communications manager 1005 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE. The announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
[0330] In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for generating, by the UE, a plurality of second codes that are each associated with the identity of the UE, where the plurality of second codes are randomly generated and are each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for updating the broadcast to include, one at a time, a different code of the plurality of second codes.
[0331] In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a network, the code based on receiving the indicator. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for generating, by the UE, the code based on receiving the indicator.
[0332] In some examples, the biometric component 1050 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for obtaining a set of biometric data associated with a user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and the set of biometric data based on the set of biometric data indicating an infectious disease.
[0333] In some examples, the location component 1055 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for a user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
[0334] In some examples, the distance component 1030 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal including the code, where the code is broadcasted in accordance with the power level. In some examples, the distance component 1030 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, where the code is broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area. [0335] In some examples, the code is broadcasted based on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease. In some examples, the code is broadcasted based on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold.
[0336] In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a network, a system information message including the indicator for activating the mode. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for configuring the mode based on the indicator.
[0337] In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving a response to the request, the response including the indicator for activating the mode. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for configuring the mode based on the indicator. In some examples, the network is a visited network for the UE when the UE is roaming.
[0338] In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for establishing a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for constructing an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the network, the address of the access point. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for establishing a data connection with the network that uses the access point. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for constructing a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the UE to the network entity. In some examples, the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity. [0339] In some examples, the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the announcing component 1045 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0340] In some examples, the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality. In some examples, the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface. In some examples, the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality. In some examples, the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
[0341] The proximity component 1010 may configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may receive, from the network, a message including an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
[0342] In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may receive, from the network, a system information message including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode is configured based on the indicator. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may bypass a procedure used for authorizing access to the proximity services functionality based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0343] The monitoring component 1015 may receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from the network, a filtering function, where the UE is limited to storing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease. In some cases, the indication is included in a preamble of the message.
[0344] In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message including a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may receive, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, where the UE is unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
[0345] In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may monitor a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, where the plurality of codes are reported via a PC3 communication interface. In some examples, the monitoring component 1015 may monitor a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology. In some cases, a proximity services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE is bypassed.
[0346] The storage component 1020 may store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured. In some examples, storing the plurality of codes includes sorting the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer. In some cases, the plurality of codes are stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
[0347] The reporting component 1025 may report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured. In some examples, reporting a message that includes the plurality of codes, a set of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof. In some examples, reporting the plurality of codes includes reporting the plurality of codes based on the expiration of the timer. In some examples, the reporting component 1025 may report the plurality of codes based on a quantity of the plurality of codes stored by the UE reaching a threshold.
[0348] The distance component 1030 may determine a distance between the UE and the first UE based on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal including the first code.
[0349] The registration component 1035 may transmit, to the network, a request to register with the network. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may receive a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode is configured based on the indicator. [0350] The proximity component 1040 may configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may receive, from a network, a system information message including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode is configured based on the indicator. In some examples, the proximity component 1010 may bypass a procedure used for authorizing access to the proximity services functionality based on an outbreak of the infectious disease. In some cases, the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a proximity services functionality, and where the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface. In some cases, the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a proximity services functionality, and where the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
[0351] The announcing component 1045 may broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may receive, from a network, the code based on configuring the mode. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may generate, by the UE, the code based on configuring the mode. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may generate, by the UE, a set of second codes that are each associated with the identity of the UE, where the set of second codes are randomly generated and are each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE. In some examples, the announcing component 1045 may update the broadcast to include, one at a time, a different code of the set of second codes.
[0352] In some cases, the code is broadcasted based on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of the infectious disease. In some cases, the code is broadcasted based on a set of biometric data of the user exceeding a threshold.
[0353] The biometric component 1050 may obtain a set of biometric data for the user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and the set of biometric data.
[0354] The location component 1055 may obtain a set of global positioning coordinates for the user of the UE, where the broadcasting includes broadcasting a message that includes the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates. [0355] The broadcast component 1060 may receive an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal including the code, where the code is broadcasted in accordance with the power level. In some examples, the broadcast component 1060 may receive an indication of a size of the proximity area, where the code is broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
[0356] The registration component 1035 may transmit, to a network, a request to register with the network. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may receive a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the mode, where the mode is configured based on the indicator. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may establish a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may construct an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may transmit, to the network, the address of the access point. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may establish a data connection with the network that uses the access point. In some examples, the registration component 1035 may construct a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
[0357] In some cases, the network is a visited network for the UE when the UE is roaming. In some cases, the data connection is a proximity services data connection, and the network entity is a proximity services network entity.
[0358] FIG. 11 shows a diagram of a system 1100 including a device 1105 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The device 1105 may be an example of or include the components of device 805, device 905, or a UE 115 as described herein. The device 1105 may include components for bi-directional voice and data communications including components for transmitting and receiving communications, including a communications manager 1110, an I/O controller 1115, a transceiver 1120, an antenna 1125, memory 1130, and a processor 1140. These components may be in electronic communication via one or more buses (e.g., bus 1145). [0359] The communications manager 1110 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. For example, the communications manager 1110 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The communications manager 1110 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated. The communications manager 1110 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes basing at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
[0360] Additionally, or alternatively, the communications manager 1110 may support wireless communications at a UE in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. For example, the communications manager 1110 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE. The communications manager 1110 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator.
[0361] The communications manager 1110 may configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE, receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs, store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured, and report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured. The communications manager 1110 may also configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE and broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
[0362] The I/O controller 1115 may manage input and output signals for the device 1105. The I/O controller 1115 may also manage peripherals not integrated into the device 1105. In some cases, the I/O controller 1115 may represent a physical connection or port to an external peripheral. In some cases, the I/O controller 1115 may utilize an operating system such as iOS®, ANDROID®, MS-DOS®, MS-WINDOWS®, OS/2®, UNIX®, LINUX®, or another known operating system. In other cases, the EO controller 1115 may represent or interact with a modem, a keyboard, a mouse, a touchscreen, or a similar device. In some cases, the I/O controller 1115 may be implemented as part of a processor. In some cases, a user may interact with the device 1105 via the I/O controller 1115 or via hardware components controlled by the I/O controller 1115.
[0363] The transceiver 1120 may communicate bi-directionally, via one or more antennas, wired, or wireless links as described above. For example, the transceiver 1120 may represent a wireless transceiver and may communicate bi-directionally with another wireless transceiver. The transceiver 1120 may also include a modem to modulate the packets and provide the modulated packets to the antennas for transmission, and to demodulate packets received from the antennas.
[0364] In some cases, the wireless device may include a single antenna 1125. However, in some cases the device may have more than one antenna 1125, which may be capable of concurrently transmitting or receiving multiple wireless transmissions.
[0365] The memory 1130 may include random-access memory (RAM) and read-only memory (ROM). The memory 1130 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code 1135 including instructions that, when executed, cause the processor to perform various functions described herein. In some cases, the memory 1130 may contain, among other things, a basic input/output system (BIOS) which may control basic hardware or software operation such as the interaction with peripheral components or devices.
[0366] The processor 1140 may include an intelligent hardware device, (e.g., a general- purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic component, a discrete hardware component, or any combination thereof). In some cases, the processor 1140 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller. In other cases, a memory controller may be integrated into the processor 1140. The processor 1140 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 1130) to cause the device 1105 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks supporting contact tracing using a wireless network).
[0367] The code 1135 may include instructions to implement aspects of the present disclosure, including instructions to support wireless communications. The code 1135 may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or other type of memory. In some cases, the code 1135 may not be directly executable by the processor 1140 but may cause a computer (e g., when compiled and executed) to perform functions described herein.
[0368] FIG. 12 shows a block diagram 1200 of a device 1205 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The device 1205 may be an example of aspects of a core network 130 as described herein. The device 1205 may include a receiver 1210, a communications manager 1215, and a transmitter 1220. The device 1205 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e g., via one or more buses).
[0369] The receiver 1210 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to contact tracing using a wireless network, etc.). Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1205. The receiver 1210 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1520 described with reference to FIG. 15.
The receiver 1210 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
[0370] The communications manager 1215 may support wireless communications at a network in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. For example, the communications manager 1215 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs.
The communications manager 1215 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0371] In some examples, the communications manager 1215 may activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network, receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs, and configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs. The communications manager 1215 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1510 described herein.
[0372] The communications manager 1215 may be an example of means for performing various aspects of supporting contact tracing. The communications manager 1215, or its sub components, may be implemented in hardware, code (e.g., software or firmware) executed by a processor, or any combination thereof. If implemented in code executed by a processor, the functions of the communications manager 1215, or its sub-components may be executed by a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
[0373] The communications manager 1215, or its sub-components, may be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations by one or more physical components. In some examples, the communications manager 1215, or its sub-components, may be a separate and distinct component in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, the communications manager 1215, or its sub-components, may be combined with one or more other hardware components, including but not limited to an EO component, a transceiver, a network server, another computing device, one or more other components described in the present disclosure, or a combination thereof in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
[0374] In some examples, the communications manager 1215 may be configured to perform various operations (e g., receiving, determining, transmitting) using or otherwise in cooperation with the receiver 1210, the transmitter 1220, or both.
[0375] The transmitter 1220 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1205. In some examples, the transmitter 1220 may be collocated with a receiver 1210 in a transceiver module. For example, the transmitter 1220 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1520 described with reference to FIG. 15. The transmitter 1220 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
[0376] FIG. 13 shows a block diagram 1300 of a device 1305 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The device 1305 may be an example of aspects of a device 1205, or a core network 130 as described herein. The device 1305 may include a receiver 1310, a communications manager 1315, and a transmitter 1335. The device 1305 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e g., via one or more buses).
[0377] The receiver 1310 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to contact tracing using a wireless network, etc.). Information may be passed on to other components of the device 1305. The receiver 1310 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1520 described with reference to FIG. 15. The receiver 1310 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
[0378] The communications manager 1315 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1215 as described herein. The communications manager 1315 may include an emergency proximity component 1320, a network monitoring component 1325, and a network announcing component 1330. The communications manager 1315 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1510 described herein.
[0379] The communications manager 1315 may support wireless communications at a network in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. The network monitoring component 1325 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs. The emergency proximity component 1320 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0380] The emergency proximity component 1320 may activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network and receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs. [0381] The network monitoring component 1325 may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs.
[0382] The network announcing component 1330 may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs.
[0383] The transmitter 1335 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 1305. In some examples, the transmitter 1335 may be collocated with a receiver 1310 in a transceiver module. For example, the transmitter 1335 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1520 described with reference to FIG. 15. The transmitter 1335 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
[0384] FIG. 14 shows a block diagram 1400 of a communications manager 1405 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The communications manager 1405 may be an example of aspects of a communications manager 1215, a communications manager 1315, or a communications manager 1510 described herein. The communications manager 1405 may include an emergency proximity component 1410, a network monitoring component 1415, a network announcing component 1420, a network registration component 1425, a network security component 1430, a proximity identification component 1435, a notification component 1440, a network distance component 1445, and a network location component 1450. Each of these modules may communicate, directly or indirectly, with one another (e.g., via one or more buses).
[0385] The communications manager 1405 may support wireless communications at a network in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. The network monitoring component 1415 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, based on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs. The emergency proximity component 1410 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0386] In some examples, the network location component 1450 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for identifying prior locations of the UEs based on the functionality being enabled, where the indication is transmitted to the one or more UEs based on prior locations of the one or more UEs. In some examples, the prior locations of the one or more UEs are within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
[0387] In some examples, to support transmitting the indication, the network announcing component 1420 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0388] In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, where the request includes an indication of a prior location of the second UE, where transmitting the indication includes. In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE. In some examples, the network is a visited network for the second UE.
[0389] In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for establishing a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where an address of the access point is constructed at the second UE. In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address is constructed at the second UE. In some examples, the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
[0390] In some examples, the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the second UE, a message that includes a web address. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for obtaining, by the network entity, an internet protocol address of the second UE based on the web address. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for matching, by the network entity, the internet protocol address with a mobile subscription identifier of the second UE. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on a match between the internet protocol address and the mobile subscription identifier.
[0391] In some examples, the response to the request to register with the network includes a passcode, and the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE. In some examples, the response to the request to register with the network includes a passcode, and the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the passcode.
[0392] In some examples, the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based on the authentication credentials.
[0393] In some examples, the network announcing component 1420 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE. In some examples, to support transmitting the indication, the network announcing component 1420 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indicator to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based on a set of biometric data of a user of the second UE exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode.
[0394] In some examples, to support transmitting the indication, the network monitoring component 1415 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the first UE, a system information message including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0395] In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, where transmitting the indication includes. In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0396] In some examples, the network monitoring component 1415 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the first UE, a filtering function, where the first UE is limited to cataloguing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function. In some examples, the functionality is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the emergency proximity component 1410 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
[0397] In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving an indication that a second UE of the one or more UEs of the one or more UEs is associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE.
In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based on the identifying. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes. [0398] In some examples, the notification component 1440 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to the first UE, a message including an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
[0399] In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for transmitting, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal including a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE, where the power level is associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE are detectable by a set of UEs in proximity to the second UE. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for receiving a second indication of a plurality of power levels of a plurality of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of signals including the plurality of codes that are associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for determining a plurality of historical distances between the first UE and the one or more UEs of the one or more UEs based on the plurality of power levels.
[0400] In some examples, the network location component 1450 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for obtaining, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
[0401] In some examples, the emergency proximity component 1410 may be configured as or otherwise support a means for activating the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters between the UEs served by the network based on an outbreak of an infectious disease. The emergency proximity component 1410 may activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network. In some examples, the emergency proximity component 1410 may receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs. In some examples, the emergency proximity component 1410 may identify prior locations of the UEs based on the functionality being enabled, where the one or more UEs is configured in the second mode based on prior locations of the one or more UEs. In some examples, the emergency proximity component 1410 may transmit, to the first UE, a system information message including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE. In some examples, the emergency proximity component 1410 may bypass a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
[0402] In some cases, the prior locations of the one or more UEs are within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease. In some cases, the functionality is activated based on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0403] The network monitoring component 1415 may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs. In some examples, the network monitoring component 1415 may transmit a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE. In some examples, the network monitoring component 1415 may transmit, to the first UE, a filtering function, where the first UE is limited to cataloguing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based on the filtering function.
[0404] The network announcing component 1420 may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs. In some examples, the network announcing component 1420 may transmit, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE. In some examples, the network announcing component 1420 may transmit, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indication to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode. In some examples, the network announcing component 1420 may transmit, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE. In some examples, the network announcing component 1420 may transmit a response to the request, the response including an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0405] The network registration component 1425 may receive, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, where the request includes an indication of a prior location of the second UE, where configuring the one or more UEs in the second mode includes. In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may establish a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters. In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may transmit a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where an address of the access point is constructed at the second UE. In some examples, the network registration component 1425 may receive a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, where the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address is constructed at the second UE. In some examples, network registration component 1425 may receive, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, where configuring the UEs in the first mode includes transmitting a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0406] In some cases, the network is a visited network for the second UE. In some cases, the data connection is a proximity services data connection, and the network entity is a proximity services network entity.
[0407] The network security component 1430 may transmit, to the second UE, a message that includes a web address. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may obtain, by the network entity, an internet protocol address of the second UE based on the web address. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may match, by the network entity, the internet protocol address with a mobile subscription identifier of the second UE. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may authenticate, by the network entity, the second UE based on a match between the internet protocol address and the mobile subscription identifier. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may receive, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may authenticate, by the network entity, the second UE based on the passcode. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may receive, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE. In some examples, the network security component 1430 may authenticate, by the network entity, the second UE based on the authentication credentials.
[0408] The proximity identification component 1435 may receive an indication that a second UE of the one or more UEs of the one or more UEs is associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may identify one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may compare the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based on the identifying. In some examples, the proximity identification component 1435 may determine that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
[0409] The notification component 1440 may transmit, to the first UE, a message including an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
[0410] The network distance component 1445 may transmit, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal including a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE, where the power level is associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE are detectable by neighboring UEs. In some examples, the network distance component 1445 may receive a second indication of a set of power levels of a set of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the set of signals including the plurality of codes that are associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs. In some examples, the network distance component 1445 may determine a set of historical distances between the first UE and the one or more UEs of the one or more UEs based on the set of power levels.
[0411] The network location component 1450 may obtain, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
[0412] FIG. 15 shows a diagram of a system 1500 including a device 1505 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The device 1505 may be an example of or include the components of device 1205, device 1305, or a core network 130 as described herein. The device 1505 may include components for network communications, including a communications manager 1510, an inter-network communications manager 1515, a memory 1530, a processor 1540, and a station communications manager 1545. These components may be in electronic communication via one or more buses (e g., bus 1550).
[0413] The communications manager 1510 may activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network, receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs, and configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs.
[0414] The inter-network communications manager 1515 may manage communications with other core networks.
[0415] The memory 1530 may include RAM, ROM, or a combination thereof. The memory 1530 may store computer-readable code 1535 including instructions that, when executed by a processor (e.g., the processor 1540) cause the device to perform various functions described herein. In some cases, the memory 1530 may contain, among other things, a BIOS which may control basic hardware or software operation such as the interaction with peripheral components or devices.
[0416] The processor 1540 may include an intelligent hardware device, (e.g., a general- purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic component, a discrete hardware component, or any combination thereof). In some cases, the processor 1540 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller. In some cases, a memory controller may be integrated into processor 1540. The processor 1540 may be configured to execute computer- readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 1530) to cause the device 1505 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks supporting contact tracing using a wireless network).
[0417] The station communications manager 1545 may manage communications with base station 105 (e.g., via one or more wired backhaul links). For example, station communications manager 1545 may manage the transfer of data communications for client devices, such as one or more UEs 115.
[0418] The code 1535 may include instructions to implement aspects of the present disclosure, including instructions to support wireless communications. The code 1535 may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or other type of memory. In some cases, the code 1535 may not be directly executable by the processor 1540 but may cause a computer (e.g., when compiled and executed) to perform functions described herein.
[0419] FIG. 16 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1600 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 1600 may be implemented by a UE 115 or its components as described herein. For example, the operations of method 1600 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11. In some examples, a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a UE may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
[0420] At 1605, the UE may configure a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The operations of 1605 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1605 may be performed by a proximity component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
[0421] At 1610, the UE may receive, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs. The operations of 1610 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1610 may be performed by a monitoring component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11. [0422] At 1615, the UE may store the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured. The operations of 1615 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1615 may be performed by a storage component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
[0423] At 1620, the UE may report, to a network, the plurality of codes based on the mode being configured. The operations of 1620 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1620 may be performed by a reporting component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
[0424] FIG. 17 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1700 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 1700 may be implemented by a UE 115 or its components as described herein. For example, the operations of method 1700 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11. In some examples, a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a UE may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
[0425] At 1705, the UE may configure a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE. The operations of 1705 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1705 may be performed by a proximity component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
[0426] At 1710, the UE may broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease. The operations of 1710 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1710 may be performed by an announcing component as described with reference to FIGs. 8 through 11.
[0427] FIG. 18 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1800 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 1800 may be implemented by a base station 105 or its components as described herein. For example, the operations of method 1800 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 12 through 15. In some examples, a base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the base station to perform the functions described below. Additionally, or alternatively, a base station may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
[0428] At 1805, the base station may activate a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network. The operations of 1805 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1805 may be performed by an emergency proximity component as described with reference to FIGs. 12 through 15.
[0429] At 1810, the base station may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs. The operations of 1810 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1810 may be performed by a network monitoring component as described with reference to FIGs. 12 through 15.
[0430] At 1815, the base station may configure, based on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs of the UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs. The operations of 1815 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1815 may be performed by a network announcing component as described with reference to FIGs. 12 through 15.
[0431] At 1820, the base station may receive, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs. The operations of 1820 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1820 may be performed by an emergency proximity component as described with reference to FIGs. 12 through 15.
[0432] FIG. 19 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1900 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method 1900 may be implemented by a UE or its components as described herein. For example, the operations of the method 1900 may be performed by a UE 115 as described with reference to FIGs. 1 through 11. In some examples, a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the described functions. Additionally, or alternatively, the UE may perform aspects of the described functions using special-purpose hardware.
[0433] At 1905, the method may include receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE. The operations of 1905 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1905 may be performed by a proximity component 1010 as described with reference to FIG. 10.
[0434] At 1910, the method may include receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based on the mode being activated. The operations of 1910 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1910 may be performed by a monitoring component 1015 as described with reference to FIG. 10.
[0435] At 1915, the method may include reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based on receiving the plurality of codes. The operations of 1915 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1915 may be performed by a reporting component 1025 as described with reference to FIG. 10.
[0436] FIG. 20 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2000 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method 2000 may be implemented by a UE or its components as described herein. For example, the operations of the method 2000 may be performed by a UE 115 as described with reference to FIGs. 1 through 11. In some examples, a UE may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE to perform the described functions. Additionally, or alternatively, the UE may perform aspects of the described functions using special-purpose hardware.
[0437] At 2005, the method may include receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE. The operations of 2005 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2005 may be performed by a proximity component 1010 as described with reference to FIG. 10. [0438] At 2010, the method may include broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based on receiving the indicator. The operations of 2010 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2010 may be performed by an announcing component 1045 as described with reference to FIG. 10.
[0439] FIG. 21 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 2100 that supports contact tracing using a wireless network in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method 2100 may be implemented by a base station or its components as described herein. For example, the operations of the method 2100 may be performed by a base station 105 as described with reference to FIGs. 1 through 7 and 12 through 15. In some examples, a base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the base station to perform the described functions. Additionally, or alternatively, the base station may perform aspects of the described functions using special-purpose hardware.
[0440] At 2105, the method may include transmitting, based at least in part on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs. The operations of 2105 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2105 may be performed by a network monitoring component 1415 as described with reference to FIG. 14.
[0441] At 2110, the method may include receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs. The operations of 2110 may be performed in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2110 may be performed by an emergency proximity component 1410 as described with reference to FIG. 14.
[0442] Aspect 1. A method for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE), comprising configuring a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE; receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs; storing the plurality of codes based at least in part on the mode being configured; and reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based at least in part on the mode being configured.
[0443] Aspect 2. The method of aspect 1, wherein the reporting further comprises reporting a message that comprises the plurality of codes, a plurality of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
[0444] Aspect 3. The method of any one of aspects 1 or 2, wherein storing the plurality of codes comprises sorting the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer; and reporting the plurality of codes comprises reporting the plurality of codes based at least in part on the expiration of the timer.
[0445] Aspect 4. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 3, wherein reporting the plurality of codes comprises reporting the plurality of codes based at least in part on a quantity of the plurality of codes stored by the UE reaching a threshold.
[0446] Aspect 5. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 4, wherein the plurality of codes is stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
[0447] Aspect 6. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 5, further comprising receiving, from the network, a filtering function, wherein the UE is limited to storing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based at least in part on the filtering function.
[0448] Aspect 7. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 6, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0449] Aspect 8. The method of any aspect 7, wherein the indication is included in a preamble of the message.
[0450] Aspect 9. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 8, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE.
[0451] Aspect 10. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 9, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate.
[0452] Aspect 11. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 10, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, the method further comprising determining a distance between the UE and the first UE based at least in part on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal comprising the first code.
[0453] Aspect 12. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 11, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, wherein the UE is unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
[0454] Aspect 13. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 12, further comprising receiving, from the network, a message comprising an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
[0455] Aspect 14. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 13, further comprising receiving, from the network, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the mode, wherein the mode is configured based at least in part on the indicator.
[0456] Aspect 15. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 14, further comprising transmitting, to the network, a request to register with the network; and receiving a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the mode, wherein the mode is configured based at least in part on the indicator.
[0457] Aspect 16. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 15, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease. [0458] Aspect 17. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 16, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface using D2D discovery techniques, wherein the plurality of codes are reported via a PC3 communication interface. In some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein, the monitoring comprises performing D2D discovery via a sidelink comprising the PC5 communication interface
[0459] Aspect 18. The method of any one of aspects 1 through 17, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology.
[0460] Aspect 19. The method of aspect 17, wherein a Proximity Services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE is bypassed.
[0461] Aspect 20. A method for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE), comprising configuring a mode for broadcasting identification information to neighboring UEs within a proximity area surrounding the UE; and broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based at least in part on the mode being configured and an association of a user of the UE with an infectious disease.
[0462] Aspect 21. The method of aspect 20, further comprising receiving, from a network, the code based at least in part on configuring the mode.
[0463] Aspect 22. The method of any one of aspects 20 or 21, further comprising generating, by the UE, the code based at least in part on configuring the mode.
[0464] Aspect 23. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 22, further comprising generating, by the UE, a plurality of second codes that are each associated with the identity of the UE, wherein the plurality of second codes are randomly generated and are each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE; and updating the broadcast to include, one at a time, a code of the plurality of second codes.
[0465] Aspect 24. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 23, further comprising obtaining a set of biometric data for the user of the UE, wherein the broadcasting comprises broadcasting a message that comprises the code and the set of biometric data. [0466] Aspect 25. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 24, further comprising obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for the user of the UE, wherein the broadcasting comprises broadcasting a message that comprises the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
[0467] Aspect 26. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 25, further comprising receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal comprising the code, wherein the code is broadcasted in accordance with the power level.
[0468] Aspect 27. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 26, further comprising receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, wherein the code is broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
[0469] Aspect 28. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 27, wherein the code is broadcasted based at least in part on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of the infectious disease.
[0470] Aspect 29. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 28, wherein the code is broadcasted based at least in part on a set of biometric data of the user exceeding a threshold.
[0471] Aspect 30. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 29, further comprising receiving, from a network, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the mode, wherein the mode is configured based at least in part on the indicator.
[0472] Aspect 31. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 30, further comprising transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network; and receiving a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the mode, wherein the mode is configured based at least in part on the indicator.
[0473] Aspect 32. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 31, wherein the network is a visited network for the UE when the UE is roaming.
[0474] Aspect 33. The method of aspect 32, further comprising establishing a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
[0475] Aspect 34. The method of aspect 32, further comprising constructing an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters; transmitting, to the network, the address of the access point; and establishing a data connection with the network that uses the access point.
[0476] Aspect 35. The method of aspect 34, further comprising constructing a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
[0477] Aspect 36. The method of aspect 35, wherein the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
[0478] Aspect 37. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 31, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an outbreak of the infectious disease.
[0479] Aspect 38. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 31 or 37, wherein the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and wherein the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface (which may also be referred to as a sidelink).
[0480] Aspect 39. The method of any one of aspects 20 through 31, 37, or 38, wherein the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and wherein the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
[0481] Aspect 40. A method for wireless communications at a network, comprising activating a functionality that enables a cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network; configuring, based at least in part on the functionality being enabled, the UEs in a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs; configuring, based at least in part on the functionality being enabled, one or more UEs in a second mode for broadcasting identification information for the one or more UEs; and receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs. [0482] Aspect 41. The method of aspect 40, further comprising transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0483] Aspect 42. The method of any one of aspects 40 or 41, further comprising identifying prior locations of the UEs based at least in part on the functionality being enabled, wherein the one or more UEs is configured in the second mode based at least in part on prior locations of the one or more UEs.
[0484] Aspect 43. The method of aspect 42, wherein the prior locations of the one or more UEs are within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
[0485] Aspect 44. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, further comprising transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indication to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based at least in part on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode.
[0486] Aspect 45. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42 or 44, wherein configuring the one or more UEs in the second mode comprises transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0487] Aspect 46. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44, or 45, further comprising receiving, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, wherein the request comprises an indication of a prior location of the second UE, wherein configuring the one or more UEs in the second mode comprises transmitting a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0488] Aspect 47. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, or 44 through 46, wherein the network is a visited network for the second UE.
[0489] Aspect 48. The method of aspect 47, further comprising establishing a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters. [0490] Aspect 49. The method of aspect 47, further comprising transmitting a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein an address of the access point is constructed at the second UE.
[0491] Aspect 50. The method of aspect 49, further comprising receiving a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address is constructed at the second UE.
[0492] Aspect 51. The method of aspect 50, wherein the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
[0493] Aspect 52. The method of aspect 50, further comprising transmitting, to the second UE, a message that includes a web address; obtaining, by the network entity, an internet protocol address of the second UE based at least in part on the web address; matching, by the network entity, the internet protocol address with a mobile subscription identifier of the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on a match between the internet protocol address and the mobile subscription identifier.
[0494] Aspect 53. The method of aspect 50, wherein the response to the request to register with the network comprises a passcode, the method further comprising receiving, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on the passcode.
[0495] Aspect 54. The method of aspect 50, further comprising receiving, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on the authentication credentials.
[0496] Aspect 55. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, or 44 through 47, wherein configuring the UEs in the first mode comprises transmitting, to the first UE, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0497] Aspect 56. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, or 55 further comprising receiving, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, wherein configuring the UEs in the first mode comprises transmitting a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0498] Aspect 57. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, 55, or 56, further comprising transmitting, to the first UE, a filtering function, wherein the first UE is limited to cataloguing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based at least in part on the filtering function.
[0499] Aspect 58. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, or 55 through 57, wherein the functionality is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
[0500] Aspect 59. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, or 55 through 58, further comprising receiving an indication that a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs is associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease; identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE; comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based at least in part on the identifying; and determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based at least in part on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
[0501] Aspect 60. The method of aspect 59, further comprising transmitting, to the first UE, a message comprising an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based at least in part on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
[0502] Aspect 61. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, or 55 through 58, further comprising transmitting, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal comprising a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE, wherein the power level is associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE are detectable by neighboring UEs.
[0503] Aspect 62. The method of aspect 61, further comprising receiving a second indication of a plurality of power levels of a plurality of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of signals comprising the plurality of codes that are associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs; and determining a plurality of historical distances between the first UE and the at least one UE of the one or more UEs based at least in part on the plurality of power levels.
[0504] Aspect 63. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, 55 through 58, or 61, further comprising obtaining, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
[0505] Aspect 64. The method of any one of aspects 40 through 42, 44 through 47, 55 through 58, 61, or 63 wherein the functionality is activated based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0506] Aspect 65. An apparatus for wireless communication comprising at least one means for performing a method of any one of aspects 1 through 19.
[0507] Aspect 66. An apparatus for wireless communication comprising a processor and memory coupled to the processor. The processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 1 through 19.
[0508] Aspect 67. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication comprising a processor, memory coupled to the processor, and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 1 through 19.
[0509] Aspect 68. An apparatus for wireless communication comprising at least one means for performing a method of any one of aspects 20 through 39.
[0510] Aspect 69. An apparatus for wireless communication comprising a processor and memory coupled to the processor. The processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 20 through 39.
[0511] Aspect 70. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication comprising a processor, memory coupled to the processor, and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 20 through 39. [0512] Aspect 71. An apparatus for wireless communication comprising at least one means for performing a method of any one of aspects 40 through 64.
[0513] Aspect 72. An apparatus for wireless communication comprising a processor and memory coupled to the processor. The processor and memory may be configured to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 40 through 64.
[0514] Aspect 73. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication comprising a processor, memory coupled to the processor, and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any one of aspects 40 through 64.
[0515] Aspect 74: A method for wireless communications at a UE, comprising: receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE; receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based at least in part on the mode being activated; and reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
[0516] Aspect 75: The method of aspect 74, wherein the plurality of codes is stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
[0517] Aspect 76: The method of any of aspects 74 through 75, further comprising: storing the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer based at least in part on being in the mode, wherein reporting the plurality of codes comprises reporting the plurality of codes based at least in part on the expiration of the timer.
[0518] Aspect 77: The method of any of aspects 74 through 76, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0519] Aspect 78: The method of aspect 77, wherein the indication is included in a preamble of the message.
[0520] Aspect 79: The method of any of aspects 74 through 78, wherein the reporting further comprises: reporting a message that comprises the plurality of codes, a plurality of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
[0521] Aspect 80: The method of any of aspects 74 through 79, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a filtering function, wherein the UE is limited to storing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based at least in part on the filtering function.
[0522] Aspect 81 : The method of any of aspects 74 through 80, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE.
[0523] Aspect 82: The method of any of aspects 74 through 81, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate that hides the full position of the first UE.
[0524] Aspect 83: The method of aspect 82, further comprising: calculating a distance between the UE and the first UE based at least in part on the portion of the global positioning coordinate; and determining that the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease.
[0525] Aspect 84: The method of any of aspects 74 through 83, further comprising: determining the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease based at least in part on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal comprising the first code, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE.
[0526] Aspect 85: The method of any of aspects 74 through 84, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, wherein the UE is unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
[0527] Aspect 86: The method of any of aspects 74 through 85, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a message comprising an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
[0528] Aspect 87: The method of any of aspects 74 through 86, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a system information message comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator.
[0529] Aspect 88: The method of any of aspects 74 through 87, further comprising: transmitting, to the network, a request to register with the network; and receiving a response to the request, the response comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator.
[0530] Aspect 89: The method of any of aspects 74 through 88, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0531] Aspect 90: The method of any of aspects 74 through 89, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, wherein the plurality of codes is reported via a PC3 communication interface. In some examples the monitoring comprises performing D2D discovery via a sidelink comprising the PC5 communication interface
[0532] Aspect 91 : The method of aspect 90, wherein a Proximity Services procedure associated with matching the plurality of codes reported by the UE is bypassed.
[0533] Aspect 92: The method of any of aspects 74 through 91, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, using Bluetooth radio technology.
[0534] Aspect 93 : The method of aspect 74, wherein the plurality of codes is stored for a configured time duration associated with an emergency event.
[0535] Aspect 94: The method of any of aspects 74 through 76, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an emergency event.
[0536] Aspect 95: The method of aspect 82, further comprising: calculating a distance between the UE and the first UE based at least in part on the portion of the global positioning coordinate; and determining that the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin.
[0537] Aspect 96: The method of any of aspects 74 through 83, further comprising: determining the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin based at least in part on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal comprising the first code, wherein receiving the plurality of codes comprises receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE.
[0538] Aspect 97: The method of any of aspects 74 through 85, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a message comprising an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with an emergency event.
[0539] Aspect 98: A method for wireless communications at a UE, comprising: receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE; and broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based at least in part on receiving the indicator.
[0540] Aspect 99: The method of aspect 98, further comprising: generating, by the UE, a plurality of second codes that are each associated with the identity of the UE, wherein the plurality of second codes are randomly generated and are each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE; and updating the broadcast to include, one at a time, a code of the plurality of second codes.
[0541] Aspect 100: The method of any of aspects 98 through 99, further comprising: receiving, from a network, the code based at least in part on receiving the indicator.
[0542] Aspect 101 : The method of any of aspects 98 through 100, further comprising: generating, by the UE, the code based at least in part on receiving the indicator.
[0543] Aspect 102: The method of any of aspects 98 through 101, further comprising: obtaining a set of biometric data associated with a user of the UE, wherein the broadcasting comprises broadcasting a message that comprises the code and the set of biometric data based at least in part on the set of biometric data indicating an infectious disease.
[0544] Aspect 103: The method of any of aspects 98 through 102, further comprising: obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for a user of the UE, wherein the broadcasting comprises broadcasting a message that comprises the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
[0545] Aspect 104: The method of any of aspects 98 through 103, further comprising: receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal comprising the code, wherein the code is broadcasted in accordance with the power level. [0546] Aspect 105: The method of any of aspects 98 through 104, further comprising: receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, wherein the code is broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
[0547] Aspect 106: The method of any of aspects 98 through 105, wherein the code is broadcasted based at least in part on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
[0548] Aspect 107: The method of any of aspects 98 through 106, wherein the code is broadcasted based at least in part on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold.
[0549] Aspect 108: The method of any of aspects 98 through 107, further comprising: receiving, from a network, a system information message comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator.
[0550] Aspect 109: The method of any of aspects 98 through 108, further comprising: transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network; and receiving a response to the request, the response comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator. [0551] Aspect 110: The method of aspect 109, wherein the network is a visited network for the UE when the UE is roaming.
[0552] Aspect 111: The method of aspect 110, further comprising: establishing a data connection between the UE and an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters. [0553] Aspect 112: The method of any of aspects 110 through 111, further comprising: constructing an address of an access point that supports a functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters; transmitting, to the network, the address of the access point; and establishing a data connection with the network that uses the access point.
[0554] Aspect 113: The method of aspect 112, further comprising: constructing a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality of the network to enable the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein the access point couples the UE to the network entity.
[0555] Aspect 114: The method of aspect 113, wherein the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
[0556] Aspect 115: The method of any of aspects 98 through 114, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0557] Aspect 116: The method of any of aspects 98 through 115, wherein the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface.
[0558] Aspect 117: The method of any of aspects 98 through 116, wherein the mode for broadcasting codes is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, and the code is broadcasted via a PC5 communication interface using Bluetooth radio technology.
[0559] Aspect 118: The method of any of aspects 98 through 116, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an emergency event.
[0560] Aspect 119: A method for wireless communications at a network, comprising: transmitting, based at least in part on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between UEs served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs; and receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
[0561] Aspect 120: The method of aspect 119, further comprising: identifying prior locations of the UEs based at least in part on the functionality being enabled, wherein the indication is transmitted to the one or more UEs based at least in part on prior locations of the one or more UEs.
[0562] Aspect 121 : The method of aspect 120, wherein the prior locations of the one or more UEs are within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease. [0563] Aspect 122: The method of any of aspects 119 through 121, wherein transmitting the indication comprises: transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0564] Aspect 123: The method of any of aspects 119 through 122, further comprising: receiving, from a second UE of the one or more UEs, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, wherein the request comprises an indication of a prior location of the second UE, wherein transmitting the indication comprises: transmitting a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the second mode that enables the second UE to broadcast a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0565] Aspect 124: The method of aspect 123, wherein the network is a visited network for the second UE.
[0566] Aspect 125: The method of aspect 124, further comprising: establishing a data connection between the second UE and an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters.
[0567] Aspect 126: The method of any of aspects 124 through 125, further comprising: transmitting a second indicator that directs the second UE to establish a data connection using an access point that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein an address of the access point is constructed at the second UE. [0568] Aspect 127: The method of aspect 126, further comprising: receiving a second address of a network entity that supports the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters, wherein the access point couples the second UE to the network entity and the second address is constructed at the second UE.
[0569] Aspect 128: The method of aspect 127, wherein the data connection is a Proximity Services data connection and the network entity is a Proximity Services network entity.
[0570] Aspect 129: The method of any of aspects 127 through 128, further comprising: transmitting, to the second UE, a message that includes a web address; obtaining, by the network entity, an internet protocol address of the second UE based at least in part on the web address; matching, by the network entity, the internet protocol address with a mobile subscription identifier of the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on a match between the internet protocol address and the mobile subscription identifier.
[0571] Aspect 130: The method of any of aspects 127 through 129, wherein the response to the request to register with the network comprises a passcode, the method further comprising: receiving, by the network entity, the passcode from the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on the passcode.
[0572] Aspect 131 : The method of any of aspects 127 through 130, further comprising: receiving, by the network entity, authentication credentials from the second UE; and authenticating, by the network entity, the second UE based at least in part on the authentication credentials.
[0573] Aspect 132: The method of any of aspects 125 through 131, further comprising: transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE.
[0574] Aspect 133: The method of any of aspects 125 through 132, wherein transmitting the indication comprises: transmitting, to a second UE of the one or more UEs, an indicator to begin broadcasting one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE based at least in part on a set of biometric data of a user of the second UE exceeding a threshold and being configured in the second mode.
[0575] Aspect 134: The method of any of aspects 125 through 133, wherein transmitting the indication comprises: transmitting, to the first UE, a system information message comprising an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0576] Aspect 135: The method of any of aspects 125 through 134, further comprising: receiving, from the first UE, a request to register with the network after the functionality is activated, wherein transmitting the indication comprises: transmitting a response to the request, the response comprising an indicator for activating the first mode that enables the first UE to monitor a proximity area surrounding the first UE.
[0577] Aspect 136: The method of any of aspects 125 through 135, further comprising: transmitting, to the first UE, a filtering function, wherein the first UE is limited to cataloguing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based at least in part on the filtering function.
[0578] Aspect 137: The method of any of aspects 125 through 136, wherein the functionality is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality.
[0579] Aspect 138: The method of any of aspects 125 through 137, further comprising: receiving an indication that a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs is associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease; identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE; comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based at least in part on the identifying; and determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based at least in part on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
[0580] Aspect 139: The method of aspect 138, further comprising: transmitting, to the first UE, a message comprising an alert that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based at least in part on determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE.
[0581] Aspect 140: The method of any of aspects 125 through 139, further comprising: transmitting, to a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, an indication of a power level used to broadcast a signal comprising a code that is associated with an identity of the second UE, wherein the power level is associated with a size of a second proximity area surrounding the second UE within which signals broadcast by the second UE are detectable by a set of UEs in proximity to the second UE.
[0582] Aspect 141 : The method of aspect 140, further comprising: receiving a second indication of a plurality of power levels of a plurality of signals received from the at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of signals comprising the plurality of codes that are associated with the identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs; and determining a plurality of historical distances between the first UE and the at least one UE of the one or more UEs based at least in part on the plurality of power levels.
[0583] Aspect 142: The method of any of aspects 125 through 141, further comprising: obtaining, from each of the plurality of codes, a portion of a global positioning coordinate associated with a location of a respective UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs at a time of broadcasting a respective code of the plurality of codes.
[0584] Aspect 143: The method of any of aspects 125 through 142, further comprising: activating the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters between the UEs served by the network based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
[0585] Aspect 144: The method of any of aspects 125 through 137, further comprising: receiving an indication that a second UE of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs is associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an emergency event; identifying one or more codes associated with an identity of the second UE and previously broadcasted by the second UE; comparing the one or more codes with the plurality of codes received from the first UE based at least in part on the identifying; and determining that the first UE was in close contact with the second UE based at least in part on a first code of the plurality of codes matching a second code of the one or more codes.
[0586] Aspect 145: The method of any of aspects 125 through 137, further comprising: activating the functionality that enables the cataloguing of proximate encounters between the UEs served by the network based at least in part on an emergency event.
[0587] Aspect 146: An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE, comprising a processor; memory coupled with the processor; and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any of aspects 74 through 92. [0588] Aspect 147: An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE, comprising at least one means for performing a method of any of aspects 74 through 97.
[0589] Aspect 148: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform a method of any of aspects 74 through 97.
[0590] Aspect 149: An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE, comprising a processor; memory coupled with the processor; and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any of aspects 98 through 112.
[0591] Aspect 150: An apparatus for wireless communications at a UE, comprising at least one means for performing a method of any of aspects 98 through 118.
[0592] Aspect 151 : A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a UE, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform a method of any of aspects 98 through 118.
[0593] Aspect 152: An apparatus for wireless communications at a network, comprising a processor; memory coupled with the processor; and instructions stored in the memory and executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform a method of any of aspects 119 through 145.
[0594] Aspect 153 : An apparatus for wireless communications at a network, comprising at least one means for performing a method of any of aspects 119 through 145.
[0595] Aspect 154: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a network, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform a method of any of aspects 119 through 145.
[0596] It should be noted that the methods described herein describe possible implementations, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible. Further, aspects from two or more of the methods may be combined.
[0597] Although aspects of an LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR system may be described for purposes of example, and LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR terminology may be used in much of the description, the techniques described herein are applicable beyond LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR networks. For example, the described techniques may be applicable to various other wireless communications systems such as Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, as well as other systems and radio technologies not explicitly mentioned herein.
[0598] Information and signals described herein may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referenced throughout the description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, optical fields or particles, or any combination thereof.
[0599] The various illustrative blocks and components described in connection with the disclosure herein may be implemented or performed with a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, a CPU, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in the alternative, the processor may be any processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. A processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices (e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration).
[0600] The functions described herein may be implemented in hardware, software executed by a processor, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software executed by a processor, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Other examples and implementations are within the scope of the disclosure and appended claims. For example, due to the nature of software, functions described herein may be implemented using software executed by a processor, hardware, firmware, hardwiring, or combinations of any of these. Features implementing functions may also be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations.
[0601] Computer-readable media includes both non-transitory computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A non-transitory storage medium may be any available medium that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special purpose computer. By way of example, and not limitation, non-transitory computer-readable media may include RAM, ROM, electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), flash memory, compact disk (CD) ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other non-transitory medium that may be used to carry or store desired program code means in the form of instructions or data structures and that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor. Also, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, then the coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of computer-readable medium. Disk and disc, as used herein, include CD, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD), floppy disk and Blu-ray disc where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs reproduce data optically with lasers. Combinations of the above are also included within the scope of computer-readable media.
[0602] As used herein, including in the claims, “or” as used in a list of items (e.g., a list of items prefaced by a phrase such as “at least one of’ or “one or more of’) indicates an inclusive list such that, for example, a list of at least one of A, B, or C means A or B or C or AB or AC or BC or ABC (i.e., A and B and C). Also, as used herein, the phrase “based on” shall not be construed as a reference to a closed set of conditions. For example, an example step that is described as “based on condition A” may be based on both a condition A and a condition B without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. In other words, as used herein, the phrase “based on” shall be construed in the same manner as the phrase “based at least in part on.”
[0603] In the appended figures, similar components or features may have the same reference label. Further, various components of the same type may be distinguished by following the reference label by a dash and a second label that distinguishes among the similar components. If just the first reference label is used in the specification, the description is applicable to any one of the similar components having the same first reference label irrespective of the second reference label, or other subsequent reference label. [0604] The description set forth herein, in connection with the appended drawings, describes example configurations and does not represent all the examples that may be implemented or that are within the scope of the claims. The term “example” used herein means “serving as an example, instance, or illustration,” and not “preferred” or “advantageous over other examples.” The detailed description includes specific details for the purpose of providing an understanding of the described techniques. These techniques, however, may be practiced without these specific details. In some instances, known structures and devices are shown in block diagram form in order to avoid obscuring the concepts of the described examples. [0605] The description herein is provided to enable a person having ordinary skill in the art to make or use the disclosure. Various modifications to the disclosure will be apparent to a person having ordinary skill in the art, and the generic principles defined herein may be applied to other variations without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Thus, the disclosure is not limited to the examples and designs described herein but is to be accorded the broadest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A method for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE), comprising: receiving an indicator for activating a mode for monitoring direct communication resources in proximity to the UE; receiving, from one or more UEs that are within the proximity, a plurality of codes that are associated with identities of the one or more UEs based at least in part on the mode being activated; and reporting, to a network, the plurality of codes based at least in part on receiving the plurality of codes.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the plurality of codes is stored for a configured time duration associated with an infectious period of an infectious disease.
3. The method of claim 1, further comprising: storing the plurality of codes until an expiration of a timer based at least in part on being in the mode, wherein reporting the plurality of codes comprises reporting the plurality of codes based at least in part on the expiration of the timer.
4. The method of claim 1, the receiving the plurality of codes comprising: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and an indication that identifies the plurality of codes as being associated with an outbreak of an infectious disease
5. The method of claim 4, wherein the indication is included in a preamble of the message.
6. The method of claim 1, the reporting further comprising: reporting a message that comprises the plurality of codes, a plurality of distance indicators for the plurality of codes, a first identifier of the UE, timing information, a second identifier of the network, or any combination thereof.
7. The method of claim 1, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a filtering function, wherein the UE is limited to storing codes that are associated with the identities of the UEs based at least in part on the filtering function.
8. The method of claim 1, the receiving the plurality of codes comprising: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a set of biometric data associated with a user of the first UE.
9. The method of claim 1, the receiving the plurality of codes comprising: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a message comprising a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE and a portion of a global positioning coordinate that hides a full position of the first UE.
10. The method of claim 9, further comprising: calculating a distance between the UE and the first UE based at least in part on the portion of the global positioning coordinate; and determining that the distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease.
11. The method of claim 1, the receiving the plurality of codes comprising receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, the method further comprising: determining a distance between the UE and the first UE is within a margin of infectiousness of an infectious disease based at least in part on a power level of a signal received from the first UE, the signal comprising the first code.
12. The method of claim 1, the receiving the plurality of codes comprising: receiving, from a first UE of the one or more UEs, a first code of the plurality of codes that is associated with an identity of the first UE, wherein the UE is unable to use the first code to determine the identity of the first UE.
13. The method of claim 1, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a message comprising an alert that the UE was in close contact with a first UE of the one or more UEs that has been associated with a user that has been diagnosed with an infectious disease.
14. The method of claim 1, further comprising: receiving, from the network, a system information message comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator.
15. The method of claim 1, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: bypassing a procedure used for authorizing access to the Proximity Services functionality based at least in part on an outbreak of an infectious disease.
16. The method of claim 1, wherein the mode for monitoring communication resources is associated with a Proximity Services functionality, the method further comprising: monitoring a set of communication resources via a PC5 communication interface, wherein the plurality of codes is reported via a PC3 communication interface.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the monitoring comprises performing D2D discovery via a sidelink comprising the PC5 communication interface.
18. A method for wireless communications at a user equipment (UE), comprising: receiving an indicator for activating a mode for broadcasting identification information to a set of UEs within a proximity area of the UE; and broadcasting a code that is associated with an identity of the UE based at least in part on receiving the indicator.
19. The method of claim 18, further comprising: generating, by the UE, a plurality of second codes that are each associated with the identity of the UE, wherein the plurality of second codes are randomly generated and are each different from each other and from the code originally broadcast by the UE; and updating the broadcast to include, one at a time, a code of the plurality of second codes.
20. The method of claim 18, further comprising: receiving, from a network, the code based at least in part on receiving the indicator.
21. The method of claim 18, further comprising: generating, by the UE, the code based at least in part on receiving the indicator.
22. The method of claim 18, further comprising: obtaining a set of biometric data associated with a user of the UE, wherein the broadcasting comprises broadcasting a message that comprises the code and the set of biometric data based at least in part on the set of biometric data indicating an infectious disease.
23. The method of claim 18, further comprising: obtaining a set of global positioning coordinates for a user of the UE, wherein the broadcasting comprises broadcasting a message that comprises the code and a portion of the set of global positioning coordinates.
24. The method of claim 18, further comprising: receiving an indication of a power level to use to broadcast a signal comprising the code, wherein the code is broadcasted in accordance with the power level.
25. The method of claim 18, further comprising: receiving an indication of a size of the proximity area, wherein the code is broadcasted in accordance with a power level that corresponds to the size of the proximity area.
26. The method of claim 18, wherein the code is broadcasted based at least in part on a prior location of the UE being positioned within a geographic region that has a confirmed case or a presumed case of an infectious disease.
27. The method of claim 18, wherein the code is broadcasted based at least in part on a set of biometric data of a user exceeding a threshold.
28. The method of claim 18, further comprising: receiving, from a network, a system information message comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator.
29. The method of claim 18, further comprising: transmitting, to a network, a request to register with the network; and receiving a response to the request, the response comprising the indicator for activating the mode; and configuring the mode based at least in part on the indicator.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein the network is a visited network for the UE when the UE is roaming.
31. A method for wireless communications at a network, comprising: transmitting, based at least in part on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between user equipments (UEs) served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs; and receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
32. An apparatus for wireless communications at a network, comprising: means for transmitting, based at least in part on a functionality that enables cataloguing of proximate encounters between user equipments (UEs) served by the network being enabled, an indication to the UEs for activating a first mode for monitoring communication resources within proximity areas surrounding each of the UEs and for activating a second mode for broadcasting identification information for one or more UEs of the UEs; and means for receiving, from a first UE of the UEs, a plurality of codes received by the first UE from at least one UE of the one or more UEs, the plurality of codes being associated with identities of the at least one UE of the one or more UEs.
PCT/US2021/026674 2020-04-14 2021-04-09 Contact tracing using a wireless network WO2021211384A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GR20200100191 2020-04-14
GR20200100191 2020-04-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021211384A1 true WO2021211384A1 (en) 2021-10-21

Family

ID=75690728

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2021/026674 WO2021211384A1 (en) 2020-04-14 2021-04-09 Contact tracing using a wireless network

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021211384A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114760594A (en) * 2022-06-15 2022-07-15 西南石油大学 Method and system for tracking close contact person based on decentralized network

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130132572A1 (en) * 2011-11-20 2013-05-23 Yang Pan System and Method for Monitoring Outbreak of Contagious Diseases
US20190230489A1 (en) * 2014-10-03 2019-07-25 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Methods for restricted direct discovery

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130132572A1 (en) * 2011-11-20 2013-05-23 Yang Pan System and Method for Monitoring Outbreak of Contagious Diseases
US20190230489A1 (en) * 2014-10-03 2019-07-25 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Methods for restricted direct discovery

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
RAN CANETTI ET AL: "Anonymous Collocation Discovery:Taming the Coronavirus While Preserving Privacy", ARXIV.ORG, CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 201 OLIN LIBRARY CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NY 14853, 30 March 2020 (2020-03-30), XP081633692 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114760594A (en) * 2022-06-15 2022-07-15 西南石油大学 Method and system for tracking close contact person based on decentralized network

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11265707B2 (en) Roll-over of identifiers and keys for unicast vehicle to vehicle communication links
US10231250B2 (en) Policy communication via control plane signaling
KR20200029498A (en) Downlink positioning reference signal in multi-beam systems
US20180359716A1 (en) Signaling for detected synchronization signal blocks
US11711747B2 (en) Millimeter wave directional discovery signal design
US11751151B2 (en) Physical broadcast channel enhancement for new radio light communications
US20160119769A1 (en) Proximity service
US20210211886A1 (en) Interference coordination in licensed shared radio frequency spectrum
US20180324751A1 (en) Paging techniques for multi-beam access systems
KR20220082816A (en) Protection of system information in the network function of the core network
CN115868207A (en) Method for establishing protocol data unit conversation
US11382151B2 (en) Truncated identification indicators
WO2021211384A1 (en) Contact tracing using a wireless network
US11968635B2 (en) Differentiation of terrestrial and non-terrestrial cells
US11765769B2 (en) Supplemental positioning reference signal transmission
US11716766B2 (en) Exposure-dependent random access channel procedure selection
CN115552943A (en) Gateway selection for private wireless networks
US11849422B2 (en) Security techniques for ranging in wireless networks
US11832344B2 (en) Personalization on multi-subscriber identification module devices
US11989104B2 (en) Techniques for fault detection in wireless communications systems
WO2021258231A1 (en) Radio access technology switching based on network support
WO2021232420A1 (en) Disabling dual connectivity at a multi-subscriber identity module user equipment
WO2021217577A1 (en) Failure threshold for a secondary cell group
US20230171315A1 (en) Sensor performance indication
WO2023133495A1 (en) Cell access for hiding network presence and operation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21722086

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21722086

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1